Arabic Speaking

Table of Contents Introduction.....................................................................................................................1 Learning Moroccan Arabic........................................ Arabic................................................................. .................................................. ........................................ .......................... .............1 ..1 Transcription of Moroccan Arabic...................................... Arabic............................................................... .................................................. ............................................1 ...................1 Getting Started with Moroccan Arabic........... Arabic................... ................ ................ ..................................................5 ..........................................5 Greetings........................... Greetings.................................................... .................................................. .................................................. ...................................................... ............................. ..............5 ............ ..5 Independent Pronouns................................... Pronouns............................................................ .................................................. ................................................... .......................................6 .............6 Possessive Pronouns...................................... Pronouns................................................................ ................................................... ....................................................... .............................. ........8 Masculine and Feminine Nouns............................................. Nouns...................................................................... .................................................. ......................... ..............9 ............ ..9 Describing Yourself........................................................................................................10 Nationalities, Cities, and Marital Status............................................. Status...................................................................... ................................................... ..........................10 10 The Possessive Word “dyal”..................................... “dyal”.............................................................. ................................................... .....................................................13 ...........................13 Demonstrative Adjectives & Demonstrative Demonstrative Pronouns.................................. Pronouns........................................................... ..................................... ..............14 ..14 Asking about Possession............................. Possession...................................................... .................................................. ................................................... ..................................... ...............17 ....17 Useful Expressions.........................................................................................................19 Numerals.......................................................................................................................22 Cardinal Numbers.................................. Numbers........................................................... .................................................. .................................................. ...................................... ....................22 .......22 Ordinal Numbers / Fractions................................... Fractions............................................................. ................................................... ...................................................28 ..........................28 Time....................................... Time................................................................. ................................................... .................................................. .................................................. ....................................29 ...........29 Getting Started Shopping........... Shopping................... ................ ................ ................ ................. ................. ...........................................32 ...................................32 Money....................................... Money................................................................ .................................................. ................................................... ...........................................................32 .................................32 At the Hanoot................................. Hanoot.......................................................... .................................................. ................................................... ................................................ ...........................33 .....33 Verb “to want”....................... want”................................................. ................................................... .................................................. .................................................. ......................... ...........35 Kayn for “There is”......................................................... is”.................................................................................. .................................................. ................................... .....................36 ...........36 Family............................................................................................................................37 Family Members.............................. Members....................................................... ................................................... ................................................... ...................................................37 ..........................37 Verb “to have”....................... have”................................................ .................................................. ................................................... ................................................... .....................................39 ............39 Directions.......................................................................................................................41 Prepositions............................... Prepositions......................................................... ................................................... .................................................. ...................................................... ............................. ...41 Directions............................. Directions...................................................... .................................................. ................................................... ...............................................................42 .....................................42 Past Events.....................................................................................................................44 Time Vocabulary....................................... Vocabulary................................................................ .................................................. ......................................................... ................................ ..........44 Past Tense – Regular Verbs................................... Verbs............................................................ .................................................. .................................................. ..............................45 .....45 Past Tense – Irregular Verbs.......................................................... Verbs................................................................................... .......................................................47 ..............................47 Negation................................ Negation......................................................... ................................................... ................................................... ............................................................ ................................... .50 Have you ever... / I’ve never................................................ never......................................................................... .................................................. ...................................... ................52 ...52 Object Pronouns..................................... Pronouns.............................................................. ................................................... ................................................... ........................................... ...................53 .53 Question Words.......................................... Words................................................................... .................................................. .................................................. .........................................54 ................54 Daily Routines................................................................................................................57 Present Tense – Regular Verbs............................................... Verbs......................................................................... ............................................... ................................. ...............57 ...57 Present Tense – Irregular Verbs with Middle “a”........................................ “a”................................................................................ ........................................ .59 Present Tense – Irregular Verbs with Final “a”........................................ “a”................................................................................... ........................................... .64 Using One Verb after Another................................................ Another......................................................................... ............................................ ............................... ..................68 ......68 The Imperative....................... Imperative................................................. ................................................... .................................................. ............................................................69 ...................................69 Bargaining......................................................................................................................71 Bargaining............................ Bargaining..................................................... .................................................. ................................................... ................................................... ......................................71 .............71 Clothing.................................. Clothing............................................................ ................................................... .................................................. .................................................. ......................... ..........73 Adjectives................................ Adjectives......................................................... .................................................. ................................................... ............................................ .............................. ................78 ....78 Comparative and Superlative Adjectives............................................ Adjectives...................................................................... ............................................ ........................80 ......80 Shopping For Food.........................................................................................................84 Fruits and Vegetables................................ Vegetables......................................................... .................................................. .................................................. ..........................................84 .................84 Buying Produce..................................... Produce.............................................................. .................................................. .................................................................... ........................................... ...85 Spices and Meat....................................... Meat................................................................ .................................................. ............................................................... ...................................... .....88

Food and Drink..............................................................................................................89 Food and Drink................................ Drink......................................................... .................................................. .................................................. ......................................... ..........................89 ..........89 The Reflexive verb “to please / to like”.................................. like”........................................................... ................................................... .......................................91 .............91 The Verb “to need, to have to, must, should”............ s hould”...................................... ................................................... ..................................................95 .........................95 The Verb “to want, to like”........................................................ like”................................................................................. ...................................................... ............................. ......96 Medical & Body...............................................................................................................97 Body Parts........................................ Parts.................................................................. ................................................... .................................................. ................................................... ..........................97 97 Health Problems................................ Problems.......................................................... ................................................... .................................................. .................................................97 ........................97 Site Visit Expressions...................................................................................................100 Travel...........................................................................................................................102 Future Tense.................................. Tense........................................................... .................................................. .................................................. ....................................................102 ...........................102 Travel................................. Travel.......................................................... .................................................. ................................................... ................................................... .................................... .............106 ..106 At the Hotel............. Hotel..................... ................ ................. ................. ................ ................ ................ ................ ................. ................. ................ ....................110 ............110 Hotel Accommodation........... Accommodation.................................... ................................................... ................................................... ...........................................................110 ..................................110 The Conditional................................ Conditional......................................................... ................................................... ................................................... ....................................... ........................111 ..........111 At the Post Office........... Office................... ................ ................ ................ ................ ................. ................. ................ ................ ................ .......................113 ...............113 The Post Office........................................ Office................................................................. ................................................... ............................................................... ..................................... .....113 Using Prepositions with Pronoun Endings & Verbs...................................... Verbs..................................................................... ............................... .......115 Describing the Peace Corps Mission............ Mission.................... ................ ................ ................ ................. .................................120 ........................120 Peace Corps....................................... Corps................................................................. ................................................... .................................................. ................................................ .......................120 120 Youth Development................ Development......................................... ................................................... ................................................... .................................................. ..................................121 .........121 Environment................. Environment.......................................... .................................................. ................................................... ................................................... ...........................................122 ..................122 Health.................................. Health........................................................... .................................................. .................................................. ................................................... .......................... ...........123 Small Business Development........................... Development.................................................... .................................................. ........................................... ............................. ...............124 ....124 Renting a House............................................................................................................125 Finding a House........................................ House................................................................. .................................................. ................................................... .........................................125 ...............125 Furnishing a House........................................ House................................................................. ................................................... ............................................ .............................. ................126 ....126 Safety and Security.......................................................................................................129 Sexual Harassment............................ Harassment..................................................... .................................................. ................................................... ............................................. ......................129 ...129 At the Taxi Stand......................... Stand.................................................. .................................................. .................................................. ............................................... .............................130 .......130 At Work................................... Work............................................................. ................................................... .................................................. ..........................................................132 .................................132 Forgetting a Wallet in a Taxi / Filing a Report................................. Report.......................................................... ...................................................133 ..........................133 Butagas........................................ Butagas................................................................. .................................................. ...................................................................... ............................................. .........134 Hash....................................... Hash................................................................ .................................................. .................................................. ............................................................135 ...................................135 Theft..................................... Theft.............................................................. .................................................. .................................................. .................................................. .....................................136 ............136 House Security / Doors and Windows.............................................. Windows.......................................................................................... ............................................ ......138 Political Harassment............................. Harassment....................................................... ................................................... ................................................................. ........................................ ...140 Appendices.......... Appendices.................. ................ ................ ................ ................. ................. ................ ................ ................ ................ ................................142 ........................142 Pronunciation of Moroccan Arabic...............................................................................143 Understanding Understanding How Sounds Are Made.............................................................. Made...............................................................................................143 .................................143 Pronunciation of Non-English Consonants.................................. Consonants........................................................... .................................................. ..............................143 .....143 Pronunciation of Shedda........................................ Shedda................................................................. .................................................. ...................................... ......................... ..............145 ..145 The Definite Article............................... Article......................................................... ................................................... .................................................. ............................................1 ...................146 46 Supplementary Grammar Lessons........... Lessons.................... ................. ................ ................ ...........................................148 ...................................148 Making Intransitive Verbs into Transitive Verbs...................................... Verbs................................................................ ........................................ ................148 ..148 Passive Verbs........................................ Verbs................................................................. .................................................. ..................................................................... ............................................ .149 The Past Progressive........................ Progressive................................................. .................................................. ................................................... ..................................................150 ........................150 The Verb “to remain”.............................. remain”....................................................... .................................................. ................................................... ............................................ ..................151 151 Verb Participles.................... Participles............................................. ................................................... ................................................... ......................................................... ................................ ....151 Conjunctions............................ Conjunctions..................................................... .................................................. .................................................. ..........................................................154 .................................154 More Useful Expressions.......... Expressions.................. ................. ................. ................ ................ ................ ...........................................157 ...................................157 Moroccan Holidays.......................................................................................................159 Religious Holidays.................................... Holidays.............................................................. ................................................... .................................................................159 ........................................159 National Holidays....................................... Holidays................................................................ .................................................. ................................................................162 .......................................162 Glossary of Verbs..........................................................................................................164 Grammar Index............................................................................................................192

Peace Corps / Morocco • 3 Vocabulary Index....... Index............... ................ ................. ................. ................ ................ ................ ................ ................ ................. ................. .................193 .........193

Introduction Learning Moroccan Arabic Even under the best condition conditions, s, learning learning a new language language can be challenging. challenging. Add to this challenge challenge the rigors of Peace Corps training, and you’re faced with what will be one of the most demanding—and rewarding—aspects of your Peace Corps experience: learning to communicate to Moroccans in their own language. But it can be done. And rest assured assured that you can do it. Here are a few reasons reasons why: You are immersed in the language: Some people may need to hear a word three times to remember it; others • may need thirty. Learning Moroccan Arabic while living and and training with Moroccans gives you the the chance to hear the language used again and again. You have daily language classes with Moroccan teachers: You’re not only immersed in the language; you • also have the opportunity to receive feedback from native speakers on the many questions that predictably crop up when one learns a new language. Peace Corps has over forty years of experience in Morocco: Your training, including this manual, benefits • from the collective collective experience gained gained by training thousand thousandss of Americans Americans to live and work in Morocco. Morocco. You will benefit from and contribute to that legacy. Despite these advantages, at times you may still feel like the task of learning Moroccan Arabic is too much to handle. Remember that volunteers like you having been doing it for decades, however. however. One of the most rewarding aspects of your time will be communicating with Moroccans in Arabic, surprising them and yourself with how well you know the language. When that time arrives, your hard work will have been worth it.

Transcription Transcription of Moroccan Arabic In order for trainees to move quickly into Moroccan Arabic (also called “Darija”), Peace Corps uses a system of transcription that substitutes characters of the Latin alphabet (a, b, c, d, . . . ) for characters from Arabic script ( . . .). With this system, it isn’t necessary for a trainee to learn all of Arabic script before he or she begins to learn the language. On the contrary, once you become familiar with the system of transcription, you will be able to “read” and “write” Moroccan Arabic fairly quickly—using characters you are familiar with. You will also learn Arabic script during training, training, but with transcription it isn’t necessary to know it right away. Throughout the book, therefore, you will always see both the original Arabic script and the transcription. Becoming familiar with the Peace Corps’ system of transcription is one of the best things you can do, early on, to help yourself yourself learn Moroccan Arabic. Practicing the different different sounds of Moroccan Arabic until you can reproduce them is another. This introduction is intended mainly to help you get started with the

system system of transcript transcription, ion, and as a result result it will mention mention only briefly briefly the different different sounds sounds of Arabic. Arabic. However, However, a fuller fuller explanation can be found on page 143.

Sounds You Already Know The large majority of consonants in Moroccan Arabic are similar to sounds that we have in English. The vowels vowels in Arabic Arabic are also similar similar to English vowels. In the following table, table, each transcription transcription character character that represents a sound you already know will be explained. The sounds sounds are not necessarily what you may expect, but each character was matched with a sound for good reasons.

Transcriptio Arabic n Character Character /_/ a b d e f

/ _

Description

sometimes the /ä/ in “father,” sometimes the /a/ in “mad” the normal English sound /b/ the normal English sound /d/ the short “e” sound /e/ as in “met” (this transcription character is not used often, only when confusion would be caused by using the transcription transcription character “a”)

the normal English sound /f/

2 • Moroccan Arabic g h i j k l m n

/_

o p

not used often, mainly for French words that have entered Moroccan Arabic)

‫ﭖ‬

r s t u v w y z š

the normal English sound /g/ as in “go” the normal English sound /h/ as in “hi.” the long “ee” sound /ē/ as in “meet” the /zh/ sound represented by the ‘s’ in “pleasure” the normal English sound /k/ the normal English sound /l/ the normal English sound /m/ the normal English sound /n/ transcription character is the long “o” sound /ō/ as in “bone” (this transcription

‫ﭪ‬

ay au iu

the normal English sound /p/ this is not the normal English “r,” but a “flap” similar to the Spanish “r” or to the sound Americans make when they quickly say “gotta” as in “I gotta go.” the normal English sound /s/ the normal English sound /t/ the long “oo” sound /ü/ as in “food” the normal English sound /v/ the normal English sound /w/ the normal English sound /y/ the normal English sound /z/ the normal English sound /sh/ as in “she” Some vowel combinations the “ay” as in “say” the “ow” as in “cow” the “ee you” as in “see you later”

New Sounds There are eight consonants in Moroccan Arabic that we do not have in English. It may take you some time to be able to pronounce pronounce these correctly. correctly. At this point, what’s important important is that you learn the transcrip transcription tion character for each of these these sounds. See page 143 for more information on how to pronounce the sounds in Moroccan Arabic.

Transcriptio Arabic n Character Character ḍ ṣ ṭ q x ġ

Sound

the Arabic emphatic “d” These sounds are pronounced like the Arabic emphatic their non-emphatic counterparts, “s” but with a lower pitch and a greater the Arabic emphatic tension in the tongue and throat. “t” like the English /k/ but pronounced further back in the throat like the ‘ch’ in the German “Bach;” some people use this sound to say yech! like the x sound above, but pronounced using your voice

Peace Corps / Morocco • 3 box; similar to the French “r” like the English “h,” except pronounce deep in the throat as a loud raspy whisper. This sound will be difficult at first. It can be approximated by pronouncing the ‘a’ in “fat” with the tongue against the bottom of the mouth and from as deep in the throat as possible

н

Shedda If you see see a transcription character doubled, that means that a “shedda” is over that character in the Arabic script. For example, in the following following table, you will see how the transcription changes for “shedda,” “shedda,” and thus the pronunciation.

English Translation

woman time (as in: “I’ve seen

him one time”)

Transcription

mr a marra

Arabic Script

This small character, which looks like a “w,” is the shedda. That is why the

Notice that these two words are spelled differently in the transcription. transcription. The word “woman” does not have a shedda on the “r” in Arabic Arabic script, and that is why there is only one “r” in the transcription. The word “time” does have a shedda in the Arabic script, and that is why the transcription doubles the letter “r.” These two words are pronounced differently, so you must pay attention to doubled letters in transcription.

To learn more about how we pronounce the shedda in Arabic, Arabic, see page 145. 145. For now, what’s important important is that you understand the transcription.

Other Symbols Sometimes, you will see a hyphen used in the transcription. transcription. This has three purposes: purposes: 1. It indicates the definite article: For some letters, the definite article (the word “the”) is made by adding the letter letter “l.” For others, it is made by doubling doubling the first letter. In both cases, a hyphen will be used to indicate to to you that the word has the the definite article in front of it. See page 146 for more info on the definite article. 2. It connects the present tense prefix: The present tense prefix (“kan,” “kat,” or “kay”) will be connected to the verb with a hyphen. hyphen. This will make it easier for you to understand understand what verb you are looking at. 3.

It connects the negative prefix (“ma”) and the negative suffix (“š”) to a verb.

In these instances, the hyphen does not necessarily indicate a change in pronunciation . The hyphen is there to make it easy for you to see when a definite article is being used, for example, or which verb is being used. It is a visual indicator, indicator, not an indicator indicator of pronunciation. Sometimes the rhythm rhythm of speech may seem to break with the hyphen; other times the letters before and after the hyphen will be pronounced together. Another symbol you will sometimes see is the apostrophe ( ' ). When you see an apostrophe, it indicates indicates a “glottal stop,” which is the break between vowels vowels as heard in the English exclamation exclamation “uh oh.” That is to say, if you see an apostrophe you should not connect the sounds before the apostrophe with the sounds after the apostrophe. Pronounce them with a break in the middle. middle.

Words & Syllables Without Vowels Sometimes you will see syllables or even whole words without any vowels written in them. This is normal in Moroccan Arabic. To the English speaker, however, this seems impossible, impossible, since we have always been taught that all words must contain a vowel sound. Which side is correct? Well, in a sense they both both are. In reality, it is indeed possible to pronounce consonants together without articulating a vowel sound; we do it a lot in English at the beginning beginning of words. words. Think about the word word street . We pronounce pronounce three consonants—s, t , and r — without without any vowels between between them. them. So it is possible. possible. The only challenge challenge with Arabic Arabic is that the consonant consonant combinations are new for English speakers (we don’t put the /sh/ sound next to the /m/ sound, for example, but in Arabic they do). However, try for a moment to pronounce only the letters “str,” not the whole word “street.” “street.” In this case, most most English speakers will hear something that sounds like the word “stir.” With certain certain consonant combinations, combinations,

4 • Moroccan Arabic

that is to say, it sounds sounds to the English speaker speaker like there is a vowel in the middle, middle, even if there isn’t. isn’t. The “vowel” is in reality just the normal n ormal sound made as one consonant sound transitions to another. Part of learning Moroccan Arabic is becoming comfortable with new consonant combinations and practicing those combinati combinations ons without necessaril necessarilyy placing a vowel in the middle. middle. The transcripti transcription on words, you will notice, notice, only include include characters characters for vowels when there really really is a vowel vowel in the word. It may seem difficult difficult at first, but it is better to accustom yourself to this as early as you can.

Why Not Just Write “sh”? A final final point point about about the transcri transcripti ption. on. At times it may seem overly overly compli complicat cated ed to someon someonee beginni beginning ng Moroccan Moroccan Arabic. Arabic. For example, example, why doesn’ doesn’tt it just use “sh” for for the /sh/ sound? sound? The answer answer is this: every every sound must have just a single character to represent represent it. Why? Well, in Arabic it is normal for the /h/ sound to follow the /s/ sound. sound. If we used “sh” to represent represent the /sh/ sound, sound, there would not be any way to represent represent an /s/ plus /h/ sound, because because it too would look like like “sh.” Using the symbol symbol š to represent /sh/ makes it possible to represent /s/ plus /h/ and /sh/ plus /h/ (yes, in Arabic both these combinations are used). All of this concerns a larger point: the transcription system used in this book may appear complex at first, but it has been carefully thought out and in the end it is the easiest easiest system possible. possible. That said, the sooner you can make the transition to reading Arabic script, the easier it will be to pronounce Arabic correctly.

Peace Corps / Morocco • 5

Getting Started with Moroccan Arabic Objective Objective:: By the the end of the chapter, chapter, you you will will be able to: to: • greet people and introduce yourself • use independent pronouns to make simple sentences • use possessive pronouns to indicate possession • distinguish between masculine and feminine nouns

Greetings Cultural Points

Greetings and farewells (good byes) are two important aspects aspects of Moroccan life. Greetings are not to be compared with the quick American “hi.” It takes time for two people to exchange different questions and answers which interest them about each other, their families, and life in general. Greetings change from one region to another, both in the questions posed and in the fashion of the greeting (i.e. shaking hands, kissing cheeks head or hands, or putting one’s hand over one’s heart after shaking hands). If you greet a group of people, then the way you greet the first person is the way you should greet everyone everyone in the group. Don’t be surprised surprised if you are greeted greeted by a friend but he does not introduce introduce you to other people with whom he may be talking. Do not be surprised if you you are in a group and you are not greeted greeted as others are in the group (people may be shy to greet a stranger.) It is also not necessary to give an overly detailed response to a greeting—only greeting—only the usual response is expected. expected. For example, “How are you?” you?” requires only a simple “Fine, thanks be to God.”

How do people greet each other in different cultures?

Greeting expressions and appropriate responses A: Peace be upon you B: And peace be upon you (too) A: Good morning B: Good morning A: Good afternoon / evening B: Good afternoon / evening name What’s your name? my name... your name... his name... her name... Nice to meet you. How are you (masc.)? How are you (fem.)? Are you fine? Good, thanks be to God.

s-salamu alaykum wa alaykum s-salam ṣbaH baH l-KHir ṣbaH baH l-KHir msa l-KHir msa l-KHir smiya Šnu/chnou smitk? smiti... smitk... smitu... smitha... mtšrfin kif dayr? kif dayra? labas? labas, l-нamdullah

... ... ... ...

6 • Moroccan Arabic Good, thanks be to God. Everything is fine. Good-bye Good night

bixir, l-нamdullah kulši bixir bslama layla sa ida

Greetings Dialogue John: Mohamed: John: Mohame Mohamed: d: John: Moha Mohame med: d: John: Moha Mohame med: d: John: Moha Mohame med: d:

s-salamu alaykum. wa alaykum s-salam. kif dayr? labas, labas, l-нamd l-нamdull ullah. ah. u nta? nta? bixir, l-нamdullah. šnuu smitk šn smitk?? smiti John. u nta? smit smitii Moham Mohamed ed.. mtšrfin. mtšr mtšrfifin. n.

. .

: : : : : : : : : :

Transcription Reminder – see page 1 for the full table with all transcription characters. š:the /sh/ sound as in “she” a:the ‘a’ in “father” or the ‘a’ in “mad”x:the ‘ch’ in the German “Bach” or thei:the ‘ee’ in in “meet”Scottish “loch” See page144. page144.u:the ‘oo’ in “food”

Exercise: Put this dialogue in the correct order. Chris: Amy: Chris: Amy: Chris: Amy: Chris: Amy: Chris: Amy:

ṣ bah l-khir. mtšrfin. kif dayra? šnu smitk? la labas, l-hamdullah. smiti Amy. smiti Chris. u nti? ṣ bah l-khir. mtšrfin. bikhir, l-hamdullah. u nta?

Independent Pronouns

: : : : : : .

: : : :

We call the following pronouns “independent” because they are not attached to other words, such as nouns, verbs, or prepositions (see “Possessive Pronouns,” next page, and “Object Pronouns,” page 53). 53). The pronouns are often used in a number of different ways.

I you (masc. singular)

ana nta

Peace Corps / Morocco • 7 you (fem. singular) he she we you (plural) they

nti huwa hiya H’na ntuma huma

When they are followed followed by a noun or an adjective, adjective, the verb verb “to be” is not necessary. It is implied already, and simple sentences can be made by using independent pronouns with a nouns or adjectives.

I am a teacher. She is tired.

ana ustad. hiya iyana.

. .

Transcription Reminder – see page 1 for the full table with all transcription characters. it“hello.”deep in the h:the normal English /h/ sound as in н:like the English “h,” except pronounce it“hello.”deep throat as a loud raspy raspy whisper. See page 145. 145.


Possessive Pronouns

In Darija, a suffix (ending) may be added to the end of words in order to express possession. my your (singular) hi s he r our your (plural) their

i / ya* k u / h* ha na kum h um

/ /

* For the “my” and “his” forms, the first ending is used for words ending in consonants, while the second is used with words ending in vowels. For example, smiti (my name), but xuya (my brother).

Example of possessive pronouns with the noun “book.” book ktab my book ktabi your (sing.) book ktabk his book ktabu her book ktabha our book ktabna your (plur.) book ktabkum their book ktabhum Most feminine nouns in Arabic have an “a” sound at the end of the word. word. In Arabic script, this “ a” is actually a silent “t” that is only only pronounce pronouncedd on certain certain occasions occasions.. For all all feminine feminine words ending ending in this this silent silent “t” ( ), we drop the sound “ a” and substitute it with “ t” before adding adding a possessive possessive pronoun. pronoun. For example, example, the feminine noun magana (a watch).

watch my watch your (sing.) watch his watch her watch our watch your (plur.) watch their watch

magana maganti magantk magantu magantha magantna magantkum maganthum

Exercise: Use the following words with the appropriate possessive pronoun. • ḍ ar (house)

• blaṣ a (place)

1. your (plur.) house 2. my place 3. his book

• wrqa (sheet of paper, ticket) 6. their place 7. her house 8. his ticket

• ktab (book)

Peace Corps / Morocco • 9 4. our place 5. your (sing.) ticket

9. your (sing.) book 10. their house

Masculine and Feminine Nouns

In Arabic, all nouns are either masculine or feminine. In general, nouns ending ending in “a” (the silent “t” ( ) in Arabic script) script) are are feminine. feminine. For example: example: name smiya city mdina chicken (a (a si single on one) djaja television tlfaza The feminine is formed from the masculine (for nouns indicating professions or participles) participles) by adding “a” (the (the silent silent “t” “t” ( ) in Arabi Arabicc script script)) to the the end of of the word. word. For example: male teacher ustad female teacher ustada working (masc. xddam participle) working working (fem. (fem. partic participle iple)) xddama xddama Some words without “ a” (the (the silen silentt “t” “t” ( ) in Arab Arabic ic scri script pt)) are are none noneth thel eles esss femin feminine ine.. First, words and proper names which are by their nature feminine: mother om Amal (girl’s name) amal Second, most (though not all) parts of the body that come in pairs are feminine: in an eye a hand yd a foot rjl an ear u dn Third, a small number of nouns which do not fall into any category and yet are feminine: the house ar ̣ d-ḍ ar the sun š-šms

Transcription Reminder – see page 1 for the full table with all transcription characters. “pleasure.”the j:the /zh/ sound, like the ‘s’ in the Remember that if two characters in a row areword “pleasure.”the same, a “shedda” is used, and we pronounce :See page 146.that 146.that sound longer. longer. See pages 3 and 146.


Describing Yourself Objective Objective:: By the the end of of the chapte chapter, r, you will be able able to: • ask and answer questions about nationalities, nationalities, cities, age, and marital status • use the possessive word “dyal” to indicate possession • use demonstrative pronouns and adjectives in simple sentences • ask questions about possession Cultural Points

Avoid asking about the salary and age (sometimes) of people, especially women. Men should not enquire about the wives or other female relations of someone—this could be seen as expressing an inappropriate interest. People won’t always tell you about their jobs and other personal concerns if not asked. Religion can be a sensitive issue and sometimes people are not willing to express their views.

Nationalities, Cities, and Marital Status

Vocabulary and Expressions Where are you (masc.) from? Wher Wh eree are are you you (fem (fem.) .) fr from om?? I am from the U.S. I am American. I am from Morocco. I am Moroccan. Are you ... ? Are you from the U.S.? Where are you from in the U.S.? And you? city state big (fem.) small (fem.) Excuse me. (to man / woman) I am not ... bu t engaged (fem.) married (masc. / fem.) No, not yet. Are you a tourist? I work with the Peace Corps.

mnin nta? mnin mnin nti? nti? ana mn mirikan. ana mirikani(ya). ana mn l-mġrib. ana mġribi(ya). weš nta/nti ... ? weš nta/nti mn mirikan? mnin nta/nti f mirikan?

. ). . ).

) ) ...

/ / /

u nta/nti? mdina wilaya kbira ̣ sġira smн li / smнi li ana maši ... welakin mx̣tuba mzuwj / mzuwja lla mazal / lla baqi weš nta/nti turist? ana ana xdda xddam( m(a) a) m a hay hay'a 'att s-salam.

/

/ ... / / / ()

.


Dialogue Fatima: Tom: Fatima: Tom: Fatima: Tom: Fatima: Tom: Fatima: Tom: Fatima: Tom: Fatima: Tom: Fatima: Tom:

s-salamu alaykum. wa alaykum s-salam. smн li, weš nta fransawi? lla, ana mirikani. mnin f mirikan? mn mdint Seattle f wilayat Washington. u nti? mn Rabat. šнal f mrk? tnayn u šrin am. u nta? rb a u tlat latin am. weš nta mzuwj wlla mazal? mazal. u nti? lla, baqiya. weš nta turist? lla, ana xddam m a hay'at s-salam. bslama. n-šufk mn mn b d.

: . .

:

: : :

: . .

. .

.

: : :

. . .

: : : :

: :

:


Exercise:Complete each section of this dialogue.


The Possessive Word “dyal”

In Moroccan Arabic, you have already learned that possession can be expressed by adding the possessive pronouns to the end of a word (see page 8). Another Another way to express possession is through the word dyal. It is placed placed after after a noun noun with the the definite definite article “the,” which in Arabic may be either the letter “ l” or a doubling of the first consonant of a word (see page 146 for more information on the Arabic definite article). The same possessive pronouns you learned before are attached to the end e nd of dyal. You can also use a name with dyal. Some examples: Using Possessive Pronoun

Using “dyal”

book

ktab

the book

l-ktab

my book

ktabi

my book

l-ktab dyali

John’s book

l-ktab dyal John

Here is a list of dyal with all of the possessive pronoun endings: my / mine dyali your / yours (sing.) dyalk hi s / hi s dyalu her / hers dyalha our / ours dyalna your / yours dyalkum their / theirs dyalhum As the list above shows, the forms dyali, dyalk , etc. also mean “mine,” “yours,” etc. This pen is mine. had s-stilo dyali. That rug is yours. dik z-zrbiya dyalk.

. .

Exercise:Substitute the underlined words by the corresponding possessive pronoun endings. 1. s-stilu dyal John. 2. l-ktab dyal Amber. 3. ḍ -ḍ -ḍ ar dyal Driss u Zubida.

. . .


Demonstrative Adjectives & Demonstrative Pronouns

This, that, these, and those are used used often in Arabic, Arabic, like like in English. English. But, But, unlike unlike in

English, in Arabic we must be aware of whether they act as adjectives adjectives or pronouns. Think about how we use these words in English. Sometimes, we use them before a noun. noun. When we use them before a noun, they are called demonstrative adjectives. This car is John’s. I want that book.

I like these towels. Those flowers smell lovely.

This is John’s. I want that .

I like these. Those smell lovely.

Sometim Sometimes, es, we use them by themse themselves lves.. In this case, case, they they are called called demonstra demonstrativ tivee pronouns. It isn’t necessary to know their names, but it is necessary to pay attention to whether they are before a noun or not. not. Let’s first first look at the pronoun pronoun forms in Arabic, Arabic, which you will use often even as a beginner.

Demonstrative Pronouns this (masc.) hada this (fem.) hadi these (plur.) hadu that (masc.) hadak that (fem.) hadik those (plur.) haduk These forms may be used at the beginning of a sentence, in the middle or at the end of a sentence, or in questions. questions. In Arabic, these pronouns can represent people. This is a chair. hada kursi. . This is a table. hadi ṭbla. . This is Abdallah. hada Abdallah. . This is Aicha. hadi Aicha. . What’s this? (masc. object) šnu / aš hada? / What’s this? (fem. object) šnu / aš hadi? / Who is this? (masc.) škun hada? Who is this? (fem.) škun hadi? What is that? (masc. object) šnu / aš hadak? / Who is that? (fem.) škun hadik? At first, you may have difficulty knowing whether to use the masculine or feminine form of this or that. Moroccans Moroccans should should understand understand you even if you make make an error with gender, gender, however.

Exercise:Write as many correct sentences as you can using the words from the following table.

Peace Corps / Morocco • 15 e.g. hada rajl mzyan. (This is a good man.)

.

hada

wld (masc. sing.)

mzyan (masc. sing.)

hadi

bnt (fem. sing.)

mzyanin (masc. plur.)

hadu

qhwa (fem. sing.)

mzyana (fem. sing.)

hadak

wlad (masc. plur.)

mzyanat (fem. plur.)

hadik

rajl (masc. sing.)

kbir (masc. sing.)

haduk

̣ dar (fem. sing.)

kbira (fem. sing.)

yalat (fem. plur.)

kbar (masc./fem. plur.)

mdina (fem. sing.)

frнan (masc. sing.)

bnat (fem. plur.)

frнanin (masc. plur.)

blad (masc. sing.)

frнana (fem. sing.) frнanat (fem. plur.)

Transcription Reminder – see page 1 for the full table with all transcription characters. š:the /sh/ sound as in “she” a:the ‘a’ in “father” or the ‘a’ in “mad”x:the ‘ch’ in the German “Bach” or thei:the ‘ee’ in “meet”Scottish “meet”Scot tish “loch” See page144. u:the ‘oo’ in “food” ġ:the French “r,” like a light garglek:the normal /k/ soundSee page 145.q:like the English /k/ but pronounced t: ̣ ̣ pronounced like t, d, and s, but with a lower pitch and a greater tension in the tongue and throat. throat. See page 145.further back in the throat. See page 144. d: ̣ ̣ s: ̣ ̣


Demonstrative Adjectives this/these (masc. / fem. / had plur.) that (masc.) dak that (fem.) dik those (plur.) duk As you can see, the this/these form (had) is the same for masculine, feminine, and plural. plural. For all the demonstrative demonstrative adjectives, adjectives, you must must use the definite article article in front of the nouns that follow them. This means using using an “ l” in front of “moon letters” or doubling the first letter of “sun letters” (see page 146). 146). this man had r-rajl this woman had l-mra these men had r-rjal had had l- yala yalatt these women This city is big. had l-mdina kbira. . That house is big. dik ḍ -ḍ ar kbira. .

Talking about a General Situation

Intermediate Topic

Sometimes in English, we use the words this and that to talk about general situations, not about specific things. Some of the students are always late for class. class. I don’t like that .

In Arabic, different expressions are used for these meanings. this (general situation) had š-ši that (general situation) dak š-ši After some experience experience hearing native speakers, you should be able to know when to use the normal demonstrative demonstrative pronouns and when to use use these expressions. expressions. Some examples: What is this? (this thing, this aš hada? object) What is this? (situation, aš had š-ši? affair) I want that. (that thing, that bġit hadak. . object) That’s what I want. (a dak š-ši l-li bġit. . situation or outcome)

Using a Demonstrative Pronoun to Express Duration

Intermediate Topic

With a present tense verb form, an active participle expressing current activity, or an equational sentence, the demonstrative pronoun hadi is used to express duration, like the English present perfect tense or present perfect progressive tense. It is used with a time expression and u (and) followed by the rest of the sentence: hadi + time expression + u + rest of sentence

hadi sa sa tayn tayn u ana ana I’ve been waiting for you for had two hours. (Literally: This is kan-tsnak.

.

Peace Corps / Morocco • 17 two hours and I am waiting for you.) He’s been asleep for a long hadi muda muda u huw huwaa na na s. time. (Literally: This is a long hadi time and he is sleeping.) He’s been in Morocco for three years. (Literally: This is hadi tlt snin u huwa three years and he is in f l-maġrib. Morocco.)

. .

Asking about Possession

The possessive word dyal ( Whose book is this? This is Amber’s book. Is this Hicham’s book? No, it’s not his. Whose house is this? This house is Malika’s. Is this house Malika’s? Yes, it’s hers.

) may be used with mn ( ) to mean “whose.” dyal mn had l-ktab?

had l-ktab dyal Amber. weš had l-ktab dyal Hicham? lla, maši dyalu. -ḍ ar? ar? dyal mn had ḍ -ḍ had ḍ -ḍ -ḍ ar dyal Malika. weš had ḍ -ḍ ar ar dyal Malika? iyeh, dyalha.

weš had ddar ̣ ̣ ̣ dyal Malika?

iyeh, dyalha.

. . . .


Exercise:Ask a question about possession for each picture. Then, give the correct answer. The first one is done for you. Hassan Q: dyal mn had l-bisklit? A: had l-bisklit dyal Hassan.

.

? Q: _______________________? A: ___________________Said.

Said

_______________ _______________ ____________ ____________ .

? Ahmed

_______________ _______________ ____________ ____________ .

Q: _______________________? A: __________________Ahmed.

? Aziz

Q: _______________________? A: ___________________Aziz.

?

_______________ _______________ ____________ ____________ .


Useful Expressions Here are some expressions to help you with homestay, travel, and other situations where your language may not yet be at a point where you are able to communicate well in Moroccan Arabic. If you follow the pronunciation of the transcriptions, Moroccans should understand you. More expressions can be found in the appendix. See page 157. 157.

Mealtime Expressions In the name of God (said when

you begin an activity: eating, drinking, working, studying, traveling, etc.). Thanks to God (said after finishing a meal, or after expressing that all is well in life).

I don’t eat ... meat eggs fish chicken I drink tea / coffee without sugar. I eat everything. I eat vegetables only. I don’t feel like eating. I want just/only ... I don’t want to have breakfast. The food is delicious. I’m full. I want to learn how to cook. May God replenish / reward you. (said after a meal to thank

bismillah l-нamdullah ma-kan-akul-š...l-lнm l-biḍ l-нut d-djaj kan-šrb atay / l-qhwa bla skkar. kan-akul kulši. kan-akul ġir l-xoḍ ra. ma-fiya ma-y-akul. bġit ġir ...

/

/

/. /

. . . . ...

ma-bġit-š n-fṭr. r.

.

l-makla bnina. šb t. bġit ġit n-t n-t llm llm n-t n-ṭ̣iyb. iyb.

. . .

lla y-xlf.

.

after eating, drinking, coming out of the hammam, wearing new clothes, having a hair cut, etc.)

bṣṣṣннa.

.

May God grant you health too. (response to the above)

lla lla y- tik tik ṣ ṣṣннa

.

šukran. bla jmil.

.

host)

To your health (said to someone

Thanking Expressions Thank you. You’re welcome.


Expressions for Nighttime / Sleeping I’m tired. (male speaker) I’m tired. (female speaker) I want to read a little bit. I want to go to bed. Where I am going to sleep? Excuse me, I want to go to bed. (addressing a group of

ana iyan. ana iyana. bġit n-qra šwiya. bġit n-n s. fin fin ġadi n-n s.

. . . .

smнu smнu li, bġ bġitit n-mš n-mšii n-n n-n s.

.

I want to go to bed early. I want to get up early. I want a blanket.

bġit n-n s bkr bkri.i. bġit n-fiq bkri. bġit waнd l-manṭ a.

. . .

people)

Hygiene/Cleanliness Expressions I want to wash my hands with soap. I want to brush my teeth. I want hot water, please. I want to take a shower. I want to go to the hammam. I want to change my clothes. Where is the toilet? I want to do laundry. Where can I do laundry?

bġit n-ġsl yddi b ṣ-ṣ -ṣabun.

.

bġit n-ġsl snani. bġit l-ma s-sxun afak. bġit n-duwš.

. . .

bġit n-mši l-нmmam.

.

bġit n-bddl нwayji. fin bit l-ma? bġit n-ṣ bbn нwayji. fin ymkn n-ṣ bbn нwayji.

. . .

Offering Help / Asking for Favors Can I help you? Excuse me. (to a man) Excuse me. (to a woman) Give me ... please.

weš nn- awnk? smн li. smнi li. ṭini ini ... afak.

...

. . .

Being Sick I’m sick. (male speaker) I’m sick ick. (female male speake eaker) r) I want to rest a bit. Do you feel better?

ana mriḍ . ana mr mriiḍ a. bġit n-rtaн swiya. briti šwiya?

. . .

Transportation Expressions I want to go to ...

bġit n-mši l ...

...

Peace Corps / Morocco • 21 Take me to ... please. Stop here, please. Is the meter on? Turn on the meter, please.

ddini l ... afak. wqf hna afak. weš l-kuntur xddam? xddm l-kuntur afak.

...

. . .

Responses to Problems/Difficulties/Apologies It’s not a problem. There is no problem.

maši muškil. ma-kayn muškil.

. .

Congratulations Congratulations. Happy holiday. May God grant you grace. (response to the above)

mbruk mbruk l-l- id. id. lla y-bark fik.

. .

Communication I don’t understand. I don’t know. Slowly please. Repeat please. (to a man) Repeat please. (to a woman) What did you say?

ma-fhmt-š. ma-n- rf. b šwiya afak. awd afak. awdi afak. šnu glti?

. . . . .


Numerals Objective Objective:: By the the end of of the chapte chapter, r, you will be able able to : • count in Moroccan Arabic • combine numbers with nouns to indicate amounts • ask and answer questions about time

When we talk about numerals, numerals, we want to be able to do two things. things. First, First, we have to be able to count. count. That is, we have to learn our numbers. Second, we have to be be able to use the number numberss with objects. objects. In other other words, words, we have have to be able to say things things like “five “five apples” or “twenty-seven students” or “one hundred forty-three volunteers.” In English English,, we never never think of these these two tasks tasks separat separately. ely. We simply simply use a number number in combination combination with the plural plural form of some object. object. In Arabic, however, however, we have to learn how how to comb combin inee diff differ eren entt nu numb mber erss with with obje object cts, s, some someti time mess us usin ingg a plur plural al form form,, sometimes a singular, sometimes with a letter in between the the two, sometimes not. not. As in all things Arabic, what seems difficult now becomes natural with time.

Cardinal Numbers

Cardina Cardinall numbers numbers refer refer to the normal normal numbers numbers we use (one, two, three. three...) ..).. They They are different than ordinal numbers (first, second, third...) and fractions (one-half, one-third, one-fourth.. one-fourth...). .). For now, now, we start start with with the cardina cardinall numbers. numbers. We will work with with ordinal ordinal numbers and fractions later.

Numbers 1 thru 10

In Moroccan Arabic, there are two ways to combine the numbers 3 thru 10 with an object. We sometimes use the “full” or normal form of the number, and sometimes we use a “short” form of the number. Here is a table listing the full form of numbers 1 thru 10 and the short form of numbers 3 thru 10. Full Forms

one (masc.) one (fem.) two three four five six seven eight nine ten

waнd wнda juj tlata rb a xmsa stta sb a tmnya t s ud šra

Short Forms

Ø Ø Ø t lt rb x ms stt sb tm n ts šr

Ø Ø Ø

Peace Corps / Morocco • 23 For the numbers 3 thru 10, we combine the full form of a number and a noun like this: number (full form) + d ( ) + plural plural noun with definite definite articl article e For the numbers 3 thru 10, we combine the short form of a number and a noun like this: number (short form) + plural noun (no definite article)

Eight Eight book bookss (usi (using ng full full form) form) tmnya tmnya d l-ktub l-ktub Five dirhams (using full xmsa d d-drahm form) Five dirhams (using short xms drahm form) The numbers one and two have some special qualities. The number one (waнd/wнda) differs from all other numbers because in Arabic, it acts like an adjective. This means that it comes after a noun, like other adjectives, and that it must agree in gender with the noun, like other adjectives. one book (book is masc.) one girl (girl is fem.)

ktab waнd bnt wнda

Sometimes, you may hear waнd (not wнda) used before a noun. In this case, it is not acting as a number, but rather as an indefinite article (like the English “a” or “an”). Don’t worry about it now, just be aware aware of it. Intermediate Topic

a book a girl

waнd l-ktab waнd l-bnt

The number two ( juj juj) can be used as a full or short form with plural nouns. two books two books

juj d l-ktub juj ktub

However, when two is part of a compound number (as in twenty- two), a different form is used. Here, we use use the form tnayn ( ). This This will will be sh show ownn in in the the sect sectio ionn on on num numbe bers rs from 20 thru 99. Dual noun forms

In English, nouns nouns have a singular and a plural form. In Arabic, nouns also have a singular and plural form, but a small number of nouns also have a dual form. The dual form is used used for these nouns nouns when we refer to two of somethi something. ng. For nouns nouns that that have a dual dual form, therefore, we don’t use juj. The dual form includes includes the idea idea of of “two.” “two.” The dual form is usually made by adding “ ayn” to the end end of the singula singularr form. In the following following tables, the first three examples have dual forms, but the last two are normal and therefore use their plural form.

24 • Moroccan Arabic Singular Form

day month year

y um šhr am

Dual Form

yumayn šhrayn amayn

But... Singular Form

Plural Form

week

simana

juj d s-simanat

minute

dqiqa

juj dqayq

Numbers 11 thru 19

The numbers 11 thru 19 do not have a short form. Only numbers 3 thru 10 have a short form. eleven ̣ нadš twelve ̣ tnaš thirteen ṭ ltaš rb ṭ aš fourteen fifteen xṃ staš sixteen aš ̣ stṭaš sb ṭ aš seventeen eighteen tmṇ taš ts ṭ aš nineteen — the For numbers 11 thru 19, we can combine a number and a noun like this: Yes singular! In Arabic, the r( ) plural form is or number + + singular noun (no definite article) only only us used ed for for l( ) numbers 2 sixteen years sixteen years eighteen girls eighteen girls

sṭṭtaš ạ š r am sṭṭtaš ạ š l am tmṇtaš r bnt tmṇtaš l bnt

Numbers 20, 30, 40 ... 99

For a multiple multiple of ten (20, 30, 40 etc.) in Arabic, we simply use the name for that number, number, like in Englis English. h. For number numberss such such as 21, 22, or 23, 23, however however,, it is not like like English English.. In Arabic, the “ones” digit is pronounced first, followed by the word “and,” then followed by the “tens” digit. For example, in Arabic the number 21 is literally “one and twenty” while the number 47 is literally “seven and forty.” Also, remember that for the numbers numbers 22, 32, 42, 52, 62, 72, 82, and 92, we do not use juj. Rather, we use tnayn. Here is a list of the multiples of ten, with examples of numbers between each multiple:

Peace Corps / Morocco • 25 twenty twenty-one literally: one and twenty twenty-two literally: two and twenty

Remember: “tnayn,” not “ juj”

twenty-three literally: three and twenty twenty-four thirty thirty-one thirty-two thirty-three forty forty-one forty-two fifty sixty seventy eighty ninety ninety-nine

šrin waнd u šrin tnayn u šrin tlata u šrin rb a u šrin tlatin waнd u tlatin tnayn u tlatin tlata u tlatin rb in waнd u rb in tnayn u rb in xmsin sttin sb in tmanin ts in ts ud u ts in

For numbers 20 thru 99, we can combine a number and a noun like this: number + singular noun (no definite article)

forty-two years ninety dirhams thirty-eight books

tnayn u rb in am ts in drhm tmnya u tlatin ktab

Numbers 100, 200, 300 ... 999

The Arabic word for 100 is miya. For 200, there is a dual form of miyatayn. For 300 thru 900, we use the short form of the numbers 3 thru 9 plus miya. For numbers such as 107 or 257, we will use the appropriat appropriatee multiple of 100 followed followed by the word “and” and then then the rest of the number. Some examples: one hundred m i ya one hundred one miya u waнd literally: one hundred and one one hundred two miya u juj literally: one hundred and two

one hundred ten

literally: one hundred and ten

one hundred eleven

miya u šra miya u нḍ aš

26 • Moroccan Arabic one hundred twenty-one

literally: one hundred and one and twenty

one hundred twenty-two

miya u waнd u šrin

literally: one hundred and two and twenty

miya u tnayn u šrin

one hundred ninety-nine two hundred two hundred fifty-seven

miya u ts ud u ts in miyatayn

three hundred three hundred forty-five

tlt miya

four hundred five hundred six hundred seven hundred eight hundred nine hundred nine hundred ninety-nine

rb miya xms miya stt miya sb miya tmn miya ts miya ts miya u ts ud u ts in

literally: two hundred and seven and fifty

literally: three hundred and five and forty

miya miyata tayn yn u sb sb a u xmsi xmsinn

tlt tlt miy miyaa u xmsa xmsa u rb rb in

Exact multiples of 100 (100, 300, 400, etc. – not 137 or 278) are combined with a noun

like this:

number + t ( ) + singu ingula larr no noun

rb miyat kursi four hundred chairs six hundred ryal stt miyat ryal But when a number between 100 and 999 is not an exact multiple of 100 (e.g. 167, 492, 504), we combine the number with a noun according to the rule for the final digits of the number. 105 books (use the rule for “5”) miya u xmsa d l-ktub 214 books (use the rule for miya iyatayn u rb ṭaš aš r ktab “14”) stt stt miy miyaa u sb a u xmsi xmsinn 657 books (use the rule for “57”) ktab

Exercise:Match the number with the correct Arabic translation. 199 2 11 149 137 75

miya u ts ud u rb in ts ud u sttin miya u stta u xmsin xmsa u sb in miya u ts ud u ts in ̣ aнš d

Peace Corps / Morocco • 27 miya miya u sb sb a u tlat tlatin in juj

69 156

Numbers 1000, 2000, 3000 ...

The word for “thousand” has the singular form alf , the dual form alfayn, and the plural form alaf . The plural form is used with the short form of the numbers numbers 3 thru 10 from “3” thousand to “10” thousand. thousand. Then we return to the the singular form (like we do for all Arabic nouns). nouns). Like the word for “hundred, “hundred,”” it is followed by “and” when when the number is not an exact multiple of 1000 (e.g. 1027 or 4738). From 1000 onward: one thousand alf one thousand one alf u waнd one thousand fifteen alf u xmsṭ aš one thousand three hundred sixty-seven alf alf u tlt tlt miy miyaa u sb a u (literally: one thousand and sttin three hundred and seven and sixty)

two thousand two thousand twenty-two three thousand three thousand seven hundred and fifty four thousand five thousand six thousand seven thousand eight thousand nine thousand nine thousand nine hundred ninety-nine ten thousand eleven thousand two hundred thousand 999,999

alfayn alfayn u tnayn u šrin tlt alaf tlt alaf u sb miya u xmsin rb alaf xms alaf stt alaf sb alaf tmn alaf ts alaf ts alaf u ts miya u ts ud u ts in šr alaf нḍ aš r alf miyatayn alf ts miya u ts ud u ts in alf u ts miya u ts ud u ts in

Exact multiples of 1000 can be combined with nouns in two ways: number + singular noun

Or...

number + d ( ) + plural plural noun noun with with definite definite article article

five thousand bo boys five thousand boys

xms alaf wld xms alaf d l-wlad

28 • Moroccan Arabic Numbers larger than 1000 that are not exact multiples of 1000 are combined with nouns according to the rules for the final digits, as you saw with numbers that were not exact multiples of 100.

Larger Numbers Singular

million(s) billion(s)

m l y un m l y ar

Plural

mlayn mlayr

Exercise:Correctly combine numbers with nouns by filling in the blanks using the following numbers and any necessary letters: 1, 3, 8, 13, 20, 400, or 1000. There may be more than one correct answer for each. (the girls) 3 d l-bnat (house) ḍ ar ar (pen) stilu (dirham) drhm mutaṭaww aww (volunteer) i (men) rjal (teacher) ustad (hotel) oṭilil (watch) magana (the women) l- yalat

3

Ordinal Numbers / Fractions

Ordinal Numbers

For numbers 1 thru 12, there there is a separate form for cardinal cardinal and ordinal numbers. numbers. From 13 on there is no difference between the cardinal and ordinal number. first l-luwl second t-teni third t-talt r-rab fourth fifth l-xams sixth s-sat / s-sads / s-sab seventh eighth t-tamn t-tas ninth l- ašr tenth l-нaḍ š eleventh


twelfth

anš ̣ t-ṭanš

Ordinal numbers act like adjectives, and therefore must agree in gender and number with the noun noun they describe describe.. Listed are the masculin masculinee singular singular forms. forms. To make the the feminine feminine form, add a ( ) to to the the ordinal ordinal number. number. To make make itit plural, plural, add in ( ). Masculine

Feminine

l-luwla

l-luwlin

t-talt

t-talta

t-taltin

l-luwl

first third

Plural

Fractions half third fourth

̣ ns t ul ut rubu / rb

/

Time

To express time, we use the demonstrative pronoun hadi and the appropriate number with the definite definite article article (see page 146 for more info on on the definite definite article). article). This means means that for 1:00, 5:00, 10:00, and 11:00, we will use the letter l ( ) befor beforee the the numb number, er, wh while ile for the others, we will double the first consonant. s-sb a one l-wнda seven two j-juj eight t-tmnya t-ts ud three t-tlata nine r-rb a l- šra four ten five l-xmsa eleven l-н̣ adš six s-stta twelve naš ̣ t-ṭnaš Like in English, Arabic uses certain words to express things like “quarter to five,” “half past seven,” etc. before

ql

and exactly quarter

u nišan rb

twenty minutes half ̣ quarter to five minutes ten minutes

Some examples of asking and answering about time: šнal hadi hadi f s-s s-saa a? What time is it? It is exactly one o’clock. hadi l-wнda nišan.

tulut ns lla rob qṣ m qṣ mayn

.

30 • Moroccan Arabic It is is fiv fivee min minut utes es pas past two two.. It is ten ten min minut utes es pas pastt thre three. e. It is a quarter past four. It is twenty minutes past five. It is twenty-five minutes past six. It is seven thirty. It is eight thirty-five. It is twenty minutes to nine. It is a quarter to ten. It is is ten ten minu minute tess to to ele elevven It is is fiv fivee min minut utes es to twe twelv lve. e. 6:30 A.M. 5:15 P.M.

had hadi j-j-juj juj u qs qṣ m. m. hadi hadi t-t t-tla lata ta u qs qṣ̣ mayn. hadi r-rb a u rb . hadi l-xmsa u tulut. hadi s-stta u xmsa u šrin. had hadi s-s s-sb a u ns nṣ̣ . hadi tmnya u xmsa u tlatin. hadi hadi t-ts t-ts ud ql tulu tulut. t. hadi hadi l- šra šra lla lla rob. rob. had hadi l-l-нḍaš ql qṣ qṣ mayn. had hadi ṭṭ-ṭ -ṭnaš naš ql qṣm. m. s-stta u ṇ s d ṣ-ṣ -ṣbaн baн l-xmsa u rb d l- šiya

Exercise:Match the times with the correct Arabic translation. 1 0: 3 0 1 2: 0 0 1: 0 5 2:20 11:10 9: 4 0

l-wнda u q̣ sm l-н̣ daš u q̣ s mayn naš nišhan ̣ t-ṭnaš l- šra šra ql tulu tulutt l- šra u nṣ j-juj u tulut

. . . . . . . . . . . .


Exercise:Give the time in i n Arabic for each clock or watch.


Getting Started Shopping Objective Objective:: By the the end of of the chapte chapter, r, you will be able able to: • convert between dirhams, ryals, and franks • buy items you need from a store • use the verb “bġa” in simple sentences to indicate a desire • indicate the presence or absence or someone or something with “kayn”

Money l-flus

÷

÷

5

100

100 frank

÷

20

1 dirham ×

100

20 ryal ×

×

20

5

When converting ryals to dirhams, divide by 20. e.g. 100 ryals: 100 20 = 5 DH. ÷

From franks to ryals, divide by 5. For example, 200 franks 5 = 40 ryals. From franks to dirhams, divide by 100. For example, 200 franks 100 = 2 DH. From ryals to dirhams, divide by 20. For example, 40 ryals 20 = 2 DH. From ryals to franks, multiply by 5. For example, 40 ryals 5 = 200 franks. From dirhams to ryals, multiply by 20. For example, 2 DH 20 = 40 ryals. From dirhams to franks, multiply by 100. For example, 2 DH 100 = 200 franks. ÷

÷

÷

×

×

×

Exercise:Convert the money amounts. 1. Convert to dirhams 35 ryal 150 ryal 365 ryal 270 ryal 555 ryal 2. Convert to ryals 10½ DH 30 DH 25 DH 125 DH 19 DH


At the Hanoot Vocabulary

store нanut store keeper mul l-нanut soda l-monada chocolate

š-šklaṭ

candies g um cookies juice bread jam bu t t er

l-нlwa l-mska l-biskwi l- aṣ ir l-xubz l-konfitur z-zbda

e gg s

l-ḅ id

yogurt mi lk coffee tea sugar cheese oil

danon l-нlib l-qhwa atay s-skkar l-frmaj z-zit

peanuts kaw kaw almonds l-luz l-qr a bottle bottle of qr a d l-ma water Kleenex kliniks toilet paper ppapiyi jinik tooth paste dontifris soap abun ̣ s-ṣabun shampoo š-šampwan detergent tid bleach javel l-нjrat d batteries r-radyu razor r-razwar tobacco store ̣ s-ṣaka aka cigarettes l-garru package(s) bakiya(t) money change

/

l-flus rf ̣ s-ṣrf

Expressions Do you have ... ? Yes, I do (have).

weš ndk ... ? iyeh, ndi.

... .


No, I don’t (have). Is there ... ? Yes, there is. (masc.) Yes, there is. (fem.) No, there isn’t. (masc.) No, there isn’t. (fem.) Give me ... please. What do you want ma’am / sir? How much? Do you have change? Do you have change for ... ? Liter

liter ¼ liter ½ liter 1 liter 2 liters I want ½ a liter of milk.

lla, lla, mama- nd ndi-i-š. š. weš kayn ... ? iyeh, kayn / mujud iyeh, kayna / mujuda lla, ma-kayn-š. lla, ma-kayna-š. ṭini ini ... afak.

. ... / / ...

šnu bġiti a lalla/sidi?

.

/

bšнal? weš ndk ṣ-ṣ -ṣrf? rf? weš ndk ṣ-ṣ -ṣrf rf dyal..?

...

itru rubu itru ̣ ns itru waнd itru juj itru bġit nṣ itru d l-нlib.

.

Dialogue Karla: s-salamu alaykum. mul l-нanu l-нanut: t: wa alaykum alaykum s-sala s-salam. m. šnu bġiti a lalla? Karla: weš ndk šklaṭ? mul l-нanut: iyeh, mujud a lalla. Karla: ṭ ini ini juj bakiyat. bšнal? mul mul l-нa l-нanu nut: t: ṭnaš l drhm. Karla: ha hak, barak llah u fik. mul l-нanut: bla jmil 1. feen kayna Karla? 2. weš šrat l-нlib? 3. šnu šrat mn l-нanut? 4. šнal mn bakiya? 5. bšнal?

: .

: : .

:

.

: . . .

: : : 1.

2. 3. 4. 5.


Verb “to want”

In Moroccan Arabic, the verb “to want” is bġa ( ). This This verb verb us uses es the the past past tens tensee bu butt has has a present tense tense meaning. meaning. When conjugate conjugatedd in the present tense, tense, bġa means “to like” (see page 96 96). ). I want bġi t you want (sing.) bġiti he wants bġa she wants bġat we want bġina you want (plur.) bġitu they want bġau

Verb + Noun Examples I want tea. Do you want coffee with sugar? Ali wants a glass of water. Driss and Fatima don’t want soda.

bġit atay. weš bġiti l-qhwa b skkar? Ali bġa kas d l-ma. Driss u Fatima ma-bġau-š l-monada.

. . .

Exercise:Make as many sentences as you can. e.g. Hicham bġa kuka.

Hicham

b gi t

atay

hiya Fatima

bġa bġau

l-нlib нlwa b šklạ t

huwa huma

bġat bġiti

l-qhwa ̣ asir l-limun

ana нna ntuma nta nti

bġina bġitu

qhwa bla skkar kuka

Listening Exercise garsun: s-salamu alaykum. Amy, Jack, & Chris: wa alaykum s-salam. gars garsun un:: aš нb нb l-xa l-xaṭṭr? r?

: : :

36 • Moroccan Arabic Jack: garsun: Chris: Chr is: garsun: Amy: garsun:

ana bġit aṣirir l-limun. waxxa a sidi, u nta? wa ana bġit bġit qhwa qhwa nṣ nṣ. wa waxxa a sidi, u nti? bġit qhwa kнla. mrнb mr нba, a, la r-ra r-rass u l- in. in.

1. šnu bġa Jack? 2. weš Amy bġat нlib sxun? 3. šnu bġa Chris?

.

: :

.

: :

. .

: : 1.

2. 3.

Kayn for “There is”

The words w ords kayn, kayna, and kaynin are actually actually the participles participles for for the verb “to be.” be.” In Darija, however, we use them most often in the sense of “there is” or “there are.” Affirmative

there is (masc. sing.) there is (fem. sing.) there are (plur.)

kayn kayna kaynin

Negative

there is not (masc. sing.) there is is not (fem. sing.) there are not (plur.)

ma-kayn-š ma-kayna-š ma-kaynin-š

Driss is at home. Is there water in the bottle? Tom is not at the café. There is food in the fridge. There are many books on the table.

kayn Driss f ḍ -ḍ ar. weš weš kkay aynn l-m l-maa f l-qr l-qr a? ma-kayn-š Tom f l-qhwa. kayna l-makla f t-tlaja. kaynin bzzaf d l-ktub fuq ṭbla. bla.

. . . .


Family Objective Objective:: By the the end of the chapter, chapter, you you will will be able to: to: • describe family members • use the verb “to have” in simple sentences Cultural Points

Family Family ties are very strong strong in Morocc Morocco. o. Childre Childrenn remain in touch touch or live with with the family even if they get married (taking into consideration space available within the house). Men are not expected to help in the the kitchen. Roles of men and women may differ in the city and in the country.

Family Members Vocabulary woman/wife

mra

man/husband girl/daughter boy/son girls/daughters boys/sons/ children the parents

rajl bn t wld bnat wlad l-walidin

the father

l'ab

the mother

l'om

the brother

l'ax

the sister

l'oxt

(my) br brother

xu(ya)

brothers/ siblings

xut

(my) sister

xt(i) xwatat

sisters

in-law(s) step-son step-daughter grandfather grandmother uncle (paternal) aunt (paternal) uncle (maternal) These forms aunt are rarely (maternal) used in my nephew Moroccan (brother’s side) Arabic. Sometimes my niece they are used with “dyal.” (brother’s side) More often, we use the forms “my father, “my sister,” etc.

nsib / nsab

/

rbib rbiba j dd jdda mm mma xal xala wld xuya bnt xuya

my nephew (sister’s side)

wld xti

my niece (sister’s side) my cousin (mas., paternal) my cousin (mas., maternal) my cousin (fem, paternal) my cousin

bnt xti wld mm(t)i

/

wld xal(t)i

/

bnt mm(t)i bnt xal(t)i

/

38 • Moroccan Arabic (fem, maternal)

/

For “father, mother, brother, sister, aunt, and uncle,” the word is almost always used with a possessive possessive pronoun. pronoun. Thus, we say “my father” father” or “his mother” mother” or “your brother,” brother,” but rarel rarelyy ever ever us usee them them alon alone. e. The The word wordss “br “brot other her,, sist sister er,, aunt aunt,, and and un uncl cle” e” take the the possessive pronoun endings you already learned (see page 8), but “father” and “mother” have a couple irregularities. my father bba my mother mmi your father bbak your mother mmk his father bbah his mother mm u her father bbaha her mother mha

Exercise:Add the possessive endings to the following: sister brother uncle aunt

xt xu mm mma

Expressions How is Mohamed related to you? How is Amina related to you? My mom doesn’t work. My mom and dad are divorced. I have two twin siblings. How many siblings do you have? How many sisters do you have? What Wh at’s ’s your your father father’s ’s name? name? How old is your brother? I have a younger brother. My (male) cousin and I are the same age. My older sister is a teacher. My younger brother goes to school.

aš kay-jeek Mohamed? aš kat-jeek Amina? mmi ma-xddama-š.

.

bba u mmi mṭllqin.

.

ndi juj xut twam.

.

šнal d l-xut ndk? šнal mn oxt ndk? šnu smit šnu smit bb bbak? ak? šнal f mr xuk? ndi xuya ṣġr ġr mnni.

.

ana u wld mmi qd qd.

.

xti lli kbr mnni ustada.

.

xuya lli ṣġr mnni kay-qra.

.


Exercise:Describe the relationships between family members for each arrow. ex: 1. Fatima ______ Samira.

 



Fatima

Aziz 

  

Karima

Ahmed





 11

Samira

Mohame d

12

Rachid

13

Youness

Verb “to have”

The verb “to have” nd ( I have you have (sing.) he has she has we have you have (plur.) they have

) in the prese esent tens ense: ndi ndk ndu ndha ndna ndkum ndhum

Moha and Fatima have two daughters and a son. We have a good teacher.

Moha u Fatima ndhum juj bnat u wld. ndna ustad mzyan.

To negate the verb, use ma ... š ( Do you have a house in Morocco? No, I don’t. I have a house in the U.S.

. .

... ).

weš ndk ḍ ar ar f l-mġrib? lla, ma- ndi-š. ndi ḍ ar ar f mirikan.

.

.


Exercis Exercise:Pu e:Putt the verb verb “ nd” in in the corre correct ct form. form. 1. xti _________ 24 am. 2. xuya _________ 2 wlad. 3. нna _________ wld u tlata d l-bnat. 4. huma _________ famila kbira. 5. weš Mohamed _________ ṭomobil? 6. lla, _________.

24 ________ . 2 ________ . ________ . ________ . ________ ________.

Exercise:Put sentences A thru I in the correct order for this letter from Karim to Tom. ṣaнbi aнbi Tom, bġitini n-hḍ r lik la l-famila dyali? A. bb bbaa smi smitu tu Ali. Ali. B. mmi ndha ġir 52 am. C. Hassan Hassan ndu 15 am u Mohame Mohamedd ndu 20 am. D. (kay-sknu m ana f ḍ -ḍ ar) ar) welakin xti mzuwja. E. rajlha smitu Moha. ndhum waнd l-bnt smitha Nadia. F. ndoo 26 am. G. smit smitha ha Haki Hakima ma H. ndi juj xut. I. ana ana deba deba xal! xal! hḍ r liya la l-famila dyalk нta nta. ṣaнbk, aнbk, Karim

. .A . .B . .C

52 15

20 (

(

. .D .

. . . . !

26

.E .F .G .H .I

.

Practice Text

smiti John. baba smitu Stephen u mama smitha Judy. ndi tlata d l-xut: juj bnat u wld. xuya smitu Brian. huwa xddam f waнd š-šarika. xti Kathy. mzuwja u ndha jooj drari: wld u bnt. l-wld mazal ṣġir ġir ndu tlt šhur. l-bnt ndha tmn snin snin u kat-mši l l-mdrasa. xti ṣ-ṣ -ṣġira, ġira, Mary, mazal kat-qra f l-jami a. 1. bat John, šnu smitu? 2. u mmu, šnu smitha? 3. šнal d l-xut nd John? 4. škun ṣ-ṣġir ġir f l- a'ila a'ila d Joh John? n? 5. weš bnt xt John xddama?

.

. .

.

: :

.

. .

4.

5.

. .

1. 3.

.

2.


Directions Objective: By the end of the chapter, chapter, you will will be able to: to: • use prepositions to describe the t he locations of objects • give and receive directions to places around town

Prepositions to / for in / at from with (someone) with / by / by means of without on / about between of, belonging to

l f mn

until нtta l above / on f uq below / under tнt

m a

in front of

qddam

b

facing

mqabl m a

bla la bin

behind next to before

mura нda q bl

after

b d

d / dyal

/

Exercise:fin l-kora? 1

2

kora

̣snduq

3

4

l-kora fuq ṣ-ṣ nduq. nduq.

.

5

6

7


Directions Vocabulary hotel

l-ọ til

post office train station

l-bosṭ a la-gar l-maнṭtạ d bus station l-kiran tạ d city bus stop tl-maнṭ ̣-ṭ -tubisat ụ bisat bank l-banka public bath l-нmmam restaurant r-risṭ ora café l-qhwa cyber café s-siber school l-mdrasa weekly s-suq market

hospital / ar health center s-sbiṭar pharmacy l-frmasyan j-jam mosque pub ubllic phon phonee t-tel -teleb ebut utik ik store

l-нanut

avenue street alley far (from) close (to) here

š-šari z-znqa d-drb b id (mn) qrib (mn) hna

there

tmma

) )

) )

Expressions Where is ... please? Is there a ... close? Go straight. Turn right. Turn left. Go ahead a bit. Pass the first street. The 2nd street, yes.

fin kayn(a) ... afak. weš kayn(a) ši ... qrib(a)? sir nišan. ḍ ur ur l limn. ḍ ur ur l lisr. zid šwiya l qddam. fut z-znqa l-luwla. z-znqa tenya iyeh.

()

... ( ) ... ()

. . . . . . .


Dialogue Jason u Brahim f l-maнṭtạ d l-kiran. Jason: s-salamu alaykum. Brahim: wa alaykum s-salam. Jason: fin la-gar afak? Brahim: Brahim: sir nišan nišan нtta нtta l z-znqa z-znqa t-talta t-talta u ḍ ur u r l lisr lisr,, u mn b d zid zid nišan нtta l l-bar u ḍur ḍ ur l limn. tmma la-gar. Jason: barak llah u fik. Brah Brahim im:: kat-t kat-tkl kllm lm l- rbiy rbiyaa mzya mzyan! n! Jason: šwiya u ṣafi. Brahim: weš nta fransawi? Jason: lla, ana mirikani. lla y-hnnik. Brahim: bslama.

. . .

: : : :

.

. . ! .

: : : :

.

.

: .

:

Exercise:Using the same map, give each person directions. 1. Dave is in the sbiṭar and wants to go to l-bosṭa . 2. Anna is in the maнṭtạ and wants to go to l-oṭil . 3. Stephen is in the marši and wants to go to s-siber. 4. Hakim is in the нanut and wants to go to l-нmmam.

l-нmmam


Past Events Objective: By the end of the chapter, chapter, you will will be able to: • talk about past activities with regular and irregular verbs • talk about what you did not do using negative sentences • ask about past experiences (Have you ever...) and respond (I’ve never...) • use object pronouns with verbs • ask varied questions with different question words

Time Vocabulary

Before we begin the past tense, let’s learn some words that will help us describe when past events took place. Then we will be ready to to talk about some of our past activities. activities.

Days of the Week day week Sunday Monday

yum / nhar simana l-нdd l-tnin

/ ) )

Tuesday Wednesday ) Thursday ) Friday Saturday

t-tlat l-arb l-xmis j-jm a s-sbt

) )

) )

Months of the Year month year January February March April May

šhr am yanayr fbrayr mars abril may

June July August September October November December

faṣ l foṣ ul r-rbi

summer fall winter

yunyu yulyuz ġušt šutnbir oktobr nuwanbir dujanbir

The Seasons season seasons spring

̣ ̣-s s if l-xrif š-šta

Time Expressions had l- am this For year information about the months of the Islamic calendar and some of the major religious events l- ”am lli fat fa159. t . last year of the year, see “Moroccan “Moroccan Holidays” Holidays on page 159 last month š-šhr lli fat last week s-simana lli fatt yesterday l-barн today l-yum on (+ day of the week) nhar ...

Peace Corps / Morocco • 45 on Friday in (+ month) in August at (+ time) at 9:00 at dawn in the morning in the afternoon / evening at night at midnight

nhar j-j-jm a f šhr f šhr ġušt f šhr tmnya f f t-ts ud f l-fjr f ̣ s-ṣbaн baн f l-l- šiya f l-lil f ṇ s l-lil

...

Past Tense – Regular Verbs

Verbs in General

When learning verbs in a foreign language, we usually learn the “infinitive” form of the verb (e.g. to eat), and then learn how to “conjugate” from that infinitive (I eat, he eats, they eat). eat). In Arabic, Arabic, there there are not infinitive infinitivess for verbs verbs in this way. Rather, Rather, we learn the the “he” form of the verb (i.e. third person masculine singular) in the past tense, and then learn how to conjugate the other forms (I, you, she, etc.) from the “he” form. Because we use this past tense “he” form like an infinitive for the purposes of learning verbs, if you see something referred to as an “infinitive,” it is this this form. Some examples: he drank šrb past tense “he” form: he hit ̣ drb like an he sat gl s Whenever you are given a new verb in this book or by your teacher, it will be given to you in this form. You will be able to conjugate verbs in the past or present tense tense based upon this “infinitive” form. The vast majority of Darija (Moroccan Arabic) verbs are made up of three letters (see the verbs above). above). To these “stems” “stems” we can add prefixes (letters (letters that we attach attach to the beginning of a word) and suffixes (letters we attach to the end of a word) in order to conjugate conjugate the verb. Stems with with a vowel in the middle and stems stems with a vowel at the end will differ from verbs with three consonants.

Regular Verbs in the Past Tense

When we say “regular verb,” we mean a verb that is conjugated according to rules that the the large large majorit majorityy of verbs verbs in the the lang langua uage ge us use. e. An “irreg “irregul ular ar verb” verb” is conjug conjugat ated ed according according to different rules. rules. There are regular and irregular irregular verbs for both the past and present present tense tense in Darija. Darija. However However,, irregular irregular verbs that that are similar similar in the past past may be differe different nt in the present present.. So, you need to realize realize that that the groups groups of verbs categor categorized ized together for the past tense may not always correspond to the groups in the present tense. In general, “regular verb” refers to: All 3-letter verbs without the long vowel “a” ( / ) in the the midd middle le or end positi position on (i.e. 3-letter verbs made up only of consonants) All verbs with more than 3 letters and not ending in “ a” ( / ) To conjugate a regular verb in the past tense, we add the the following suffixes (endings): In the “to write” ktb past •

•

Remember that the “infinitive” is the same as the past tense “he” form.

tense,

you (masc.) and you (fem.)

are the same. In

46 • Moroccan Arabic I wrote you wrote (masc. sing.) you wrote (fem. sing.) he wrote she wrote we wrote you wrote (plur.) they wrote

ktbt ktbti ktbti ktb ktbat ktbna ktbtu ktbu

Some Regular Verbs to drink šrb rf to know l b to play to draw rsm n s to sleep to wear l bs to stay / sit gls to enter dxl to go out xrj rj to return to watch tfrrj st ml to use Some examples: Yesterday, I drank tea without sugar. Last week, Said wrote a letter to his friend. Last year, we traveled to New York.

to understand ffhhm to work xdm to hit ̣ drb to stop/ stand wqf up to arrive wṣ l to hear / sm listen to ask suwl to travel safr awn to help to send ̣ sifṭ to wash ġsl to speak tkllm l-barн, šrbt atay bla skkar. s-simana lli fatt, Said ktb bra l saнbu. l- am lli lli fat, fat, safr safrna na l New New York.

. . .

Exercise:Put the verbs in parentheses in the correct form. Moha Mohame med: d: Has Hassan: an: Mohamed: Hassan:

weš weš (n s) bk bkri ri l-ba l-barн rн?? ( lla laš? (gls) ls) m a l- a'ila dyali u (( ) (tkl (tkllm) lm) m ahum ahum šw šwiya iya.. mn { } . b d, {нna {нna}( }(xr xrj) j).. mlli lli (rj ), (l ( ) ( ) . ( ) b) l-karṭa u (tfrrj) f t-tlfaza. ( ){ mn b d {an {ana} a}(d (dxl) xl) l l-bit l-bit dyali u (n s).

) . ( .(.(

)

} ) ).

: : : :

Peace Corps / Morocco • 47 l-нdd lli fat, fat, ( awn) xti f l-kuzina: l-kuzina: (ġsl) (ġsl) l-mma n u (ṭiyb) iyb) l-ġda.

(

):

(

) (

)

.

Past Tense – Irregular Verbs

When we speak about irregular verbs for the past tense, we refer to three categories: 1. three-letter verbs with the long vowel “a” ( ) in the middle position, position, 2. any any verb with the long vowel “a” ( / ) at at the the end, end, and 3. two-lett two-letter er verbs verbs..

1st Category: Category: long vowel vowel “a” ( ) in the middle position

To conjugate a three-letter verb in the past tense with the long vowel “ a” in the middle position, remove the long vowel “ a” for the I, you (sing.), we, and you (plur.) forms before adding the the past tense endings. For the she form, only add a “t.” The he and they forms are like regular verbs. “to be” kan In these forms, we remove the I was knt middle “a” and then add the you were (masc. sing.) knti endings. you were (fem. sing.) knti he was kan she was kant In these forms, we were knna we keep the middle “a” and you were (plur.) kntu then add the they were kanu endings.

Some Irregular Irregular Verbs Verbs with long long vowel “a” “a” ( ) in the middle middle position to see to do / make to swim to sell to bring to say to fast to drive

šaf dar am ba jab gal ̣ sam ṣ ag

to get up / stand up to throw

naḍ laн to pass / pass by daz to pass fat to love / be mat la dying for to increase zad to be scared xaf aš to live

Some examples: This morning I got up at had ṣ-ṣbaн baн nḍ t f s-sb a. 7:00. What Wh at did did you you do do yest yesterd erday ay?? šn šnuu drti drti l-ba l-barн rн?? What’s done is done. lli fat mat. (proverb)

. .

Exercise:Put the verbs in parentheses in the correct form. s-simana lli fatt, ana u ṣ нabi ( am) f la-ppisin. Sara Sara ( aš) f mirika mirikann amayn. amayn.

(

) (

)

. .

48 • Moroccan Arabic nhar nhar s-sbt s-sbt f l- šiya, šiya, ana ana u ṣнabati нabati (kan) f l-нmmam. mlli xrjna (daz) l l-qhwa.

(

)

( )

.

.

2nd Category: long vowel “a” ( / ) at the end

To conjugate a verb with the long l ong vowel “a” at the end, change c hange the vowel to “i” for the I, forms, then then add the normal normal endings endings.. For the the she you (sing.), we, and you (plur.) forms, form, only add a “t.” The he and they forms are like regular verbs. “to eat” kla In these forms, I ate klit we change the final “a” to “i” you ate (masc. sing.) kliti then add the you ate (fem. sing.) kliti endings. he ate kla she ate klat we ate klina you ate (plur.) klitu In these forms, we keep the final final they ate klau “a” and then add the endings. Some Irregular Verbs with the long vowel “a” ( / ) at the end

to go to start to buy to sing

mša bda šra ġnna

to give

ṭa

to forget to cry

nsa bka

to want

bġa

to take

xda

Some examples: Last Sunday, I went to the medina and bought a jellaba. They sang at the party on Saturday.

to rent to run to finish to have lunch to have dinner to hope to wait to read / study to meet to come

kra jra sala tġdda t šša tmna tsna qra tlaqa ja

l-нdd lli fat, mšit l l-mdina u šrit jllaba. huma ġnnau f l-нfla nhar s-sbt.

. .

Exercise:Put the verbs in parentheses in the correct form. John u Amy (kra) ḍ ar zwina f Marrakech. l-ba l-barн rн ana ana u Paul Paul (tl (tlaq aqa) a) m a ṣнabna нabna f r-risṭora o ra u (tġd (tġdda da)) mjm mjmuu in. in. s-simana lli fatt, huma (sala) l-xdma dyalhum f l-mġrib.

( ( (

)

) )

. (

). .


Moroccan Wisdom: .

l-li bġa ll- sl y-sbr y-sbr ̣ ̣ l qris qris n-nнl. n-nнl. The one w ho w ants honey m ust tolerate tolerate bee stings. stings. English equivalent: equivalent: Every rose has its thorn.

3rd Category: two-letter verbs

When When we say “two-lett “two-letter er verbs,” verbs,” some confusi confusion on can arise. arise. When When we write them in Arabic, they have only two two letters. However, there is a “shedda” “shedda” on the second letter (see pages 3 and 145), 145), so in the transcript transcription ion we double the second letter, making them look like three-letter verbs. In this case, case, you can still still recognize them because the second and third letters letters are the same. Or, look at the Arabic Arabic script script and you can be sure of the fact fact that they are, indeed, two-letter verbs. To conjugate this type of verb, we add the long vowel “ i” to the I, you (sing.), we, and you (plur.) forms, then add the normal endings. The he, she, and they forms are like regular verbs. “to open” нll In these forms, we add “i” to the I opened нllit verb, then add add you opened (masc. A twothe normal нlliti letter endings. sing.) verb with you opened (fem. “shedda” нlliti sing.) on the he opened нll she opened нllat In these forms, we simply add add we opened нllina the normal endings. you opened (plur.) нllitu they opened нllu

Some two-letter verbs to close to smell to hand to answer / return back

sdd šmm m dd

to be able to pick up to think

q dd h zz ̣ dnn

rdd

to be bored

ml l

to pour

kbb

to feel

нss

to take / šdd catch to pull / drag jrr

50 • Moroccan Arabic to put Some examples: I opened the window and I closed the door I felt cold

н̣ tt ̣

нllit s-srjm u sddit l-bab. нssit b l-brd.

. .

Exercise:Put the verbs in parentheses in the correct form. l-barн f ṣ-ṣbaн, Mary (rdd) l-ktab l l-xizana. mlli mlli kan l- jaj, {ana {ana}} (sdd) (sdd) s-sra s-srajm. jm. {нna} (нt (нṭṭ )̣ l-нwayj f l-makina d ṣ-ṣ -ṣabun.

( ) ( ){ } {

(

. . ){ .

Negation

Normal Negative Form

In order to express the negative negative of a verb (i.e. “didn’t,” “didn’t,” or “don’t,” “don’t,” or “doesn’t”) “doesn’t”),, we add the prefix ma ( ) to the beginn beginning ing of a verb verb and and the the suffix suffix š ( ) to th the en end of of a verb erb. We drank. šrbna ma-šrbna-š We didn’t drink.

Exercise:Conjugate the verbs in parentheses in the negative form. huwa (safr) s-simana lli fatt. l-barн f l-lil (qra) l-ktab dyali нit knt iyan. нiya нiya (gls) (gls) m ana нit (sal (sala) a) l-xd l-xdma ma dyalh dyalha. a. нna (n s) bkri kri нit (t šša) ša) bkri. kri. Kari (lbs) l-kswa j-jdida f l-нfla нit (kan) ndha l-wqt. mlli ja l l-mġrib (ṣift) bra l l-walidin dyalu. kant l-brd u {ana} (нll) s-srajm.

Additional Negative Forms

( ( ( ( (

)

) )

) (

) ( ){ }

( ( (

) . . ) . ) . ) . . .

The following negative forms replace repl ace the š ( ) we us usee for for the the norma normall neg negat ative ive form form.. We still use ma ( ) before before the verb, verb, but we use use these these forms after after the the verb or, or, sometim sometimes, es, before the verb (and thus before ma). nothing walu nothing нtta нaja nothing нtta ši no one нtta waнd no one (нtta) нdd ( ( neither ... nor la ... wala ... only / just ġi r Some examples:

Peace Corps / Morocco • 51 I knew nothing. I ate nothing. No one came. He saw no one. I met neither Mohamed nor Amber. I drank only water.

mama- rf rftt walu walu.. ma-kleet нtta нaja. нtta waнd ma-ja. ma-šaf нtta waнd / нdd. ma-laqit la Mohamed wala Amber. ma-šrbt ġir l-ma.

. . . . . .

/

Exercise:Put the verbs in parentheses in the proper form. l-нdd lli fat (gls) f ḍ -ḍ ar, (xrj negative) laнqqa laнqqašš (kan) (kan) š-šta. š-šta. f l- šiya šiya ṣaнbi aнbi (ja) u (mša) (mša) l s-siber s-siber bjooj. bjooj. mn b d (mša) (mša) l s-sinima. (šaf) waнd l-film zwin. mlli (xrj), (daz) (daz) l s-suq. s-suq. (šra) (šra) l-xodra l-xodra.. mn b d (šdd) (šdd) tobis ọ bis u (rj (rj ) l ḍ - ḍḍ a r.r.

( (

(

( .

) . )

) ) ( )

( ) ( ) ( ) ( )

(

) .

. .

.

( (

) ) .


Exercise:Write a paragraph from these pictures.

Have you ever... / I’ve never...

Have you ever...?

We can use the word mmr ( ) to to expr expres esss the the Engl Englis ishh equi equiva valen lentt of of the the pre prese sent nt perfe perfect ct tense: “Have you ever...?” and “I have never...” We “conjugate” it as follows: weš mmri / mmrni Have I ever... / weš mmrk Have you (sing.) ever... weš mmru Has he ever... weš mmrha Has she ever... weš mmrna Have we ever... weš mmrkum Have you (plur.) ever... weš mmrhum Have they ever...

Peace Corps / Morocco • 53 The verb that follows mmr is often in the past tense. Some examples: Have you ever gone to weš mmrk mšiti l Fransa? France? Have they ever eaten weš mmrhum klau l-ksksu? couscous? weš mmrkum šrbtu atay b n-n Have you ever drunk mint tea in America? na f mirikan?

I’ve never...

This is like the conjugation above, with the addition of ma ( ) at at the the begi beginn nnin ingg of of mmr ( ). ma- mmri / ma ma- mmrni I have never... / ma- mmrk you (sing.) have never... ma- mmru he has never... ma- mmrha she has never... ma- mmrna we have never... ma- mmrku rkum you (plur.) have never... ma- mmrhu rhum they have never... Some examples: mmrni kleet kleet l-ha l-hambo mborgr. rgr. I’ve never eaten hamburger. ma- mmrni . mmrha safrat safrat l l-xa l-xarij. rij. She has never been abroad. ma- mmrha . ma- mmru mmru tkllm kllm l- rbiy rbiya. a. He has never spoken Arabic. ma.

Object Pronouns

In English, we have pronouns for the subject of a sentence: I, you, he, she, we, and they. But we also have object pronouns that we use after verbs: He hit me. Ask him a question.

I saw her. We gave them some cake.

So far, you have learned the independent pronouns (see page 6) and the possessive pronouns (see page 8). Here are the object pronouns that we use in Moroccan Arabic after verbs: me ni you (sing.) k hi m / i t u/h / her / it ha us na you (plur.) kum them h um These pronouns are the same as the possessive pronouns, with the exception of “me.” The “him” form uses u after consonants consonants and h after vowels, exactly like the possessive pronoun form. Some examples: omar ta waнd l-ktab l Omar gave a book to . Mohamed. Mohamed.

54 • Moroccan Arabic omar ṭah l Mohamed. Omar gave it to Mohamed. . Did you write the letter to weš ktbti l-bra l Hassan? Hassan? Yes, I wrote it to Hassan. iyeh, ktbtha l Hassan. . Why did you leave us with laš xllitina m ah? him? She saw me at the movie šaftni f s-sinima. . theater. As you can see, these pronouns are attached directly to the verb . As a result, result, when a verb with an object pronoun is made negative , the š ( ) is used after the pronoun. Some examples: You saw me. šftini You didn’t see me. ma-šftini-š Did you see Hakima and weš šfti Hakima u Karim? Karim? No, I didn’t see them. lla, ma-šfthum-š. .

Exercise:Replace the underlined nouns by the corresponding pronouns. 1. qrit dik l-jarida l-barн f ṣ-ṣ baн. 2. nsau s-sarut dyalhum f ḍ-ḍ ḍ -ḍ ar. 3. zrt duk n-nas f Fes l-barн. 4. dda ddauu wldh wldhum um m ahum ahum l s-s s-sin inima ima.. 5. wqqfna šffar f z-znqa. 6. bba awn xuk f l-нsab.

. . . . . .

Question Words

Some of these you already know. Some will be new for you. who škun Who are you? škun nta / nti? what aš / šnu / ašnu What Wh at did you you do yeste yesterd rday ay?? šn šnuu drt drtii l-ba l-barн rн?? ašmn which Which bus did you take? ašmn ṭ obis obis xditi? fin / fayn where Where did you you eat pizza? fin fin kli kliti l-ppitza? kifaš how How did you get to the kifaš wṣlti lti l l-oṭil? il? hotel? from where mnin Where here did did you you come ome fr from om?? mnin mnin jiti? iti? when fuqaš / imta

/ /

/

/

/

Peace Corps / Morocco • 55 When did you sleep yesterday? When did you arrive? why

fuqa fuqašš n sti sti l-ba l-barн rн?? imta wṣ lti? laš laš jiti m ṭṭtl? ḷ ? laнqqaš ma-nḍ t-š bkri.

Why did you come late? Because I didn’t get up early. The word mn ( ) is us used ed after after some some prepos prepositi itions ons to creat createe quest question ion words. words. m a mn with whom With whom did you travel to mn saf safrt rtii l Raba Rabat? t? Rabat? (In the US: Who did you m a mn

.

travel to Rabat with?)

dyal mn šнal The question word šнal ( ) may is is fo followed by by ei either d ( ) or mn ( ), depending upon upon the noun followin followingg it. Uncoun Uncountab table le nouns are nouns nouns that do not have a plural plural because they speak about something that can be “measured,” but not “counted” (e.g. tea, air). Countable Countable nouns are nouns nouns that have plural forms forms and, therefore, therefore, nouns with which we use use numbers (e.g. 5 cats, 3 books). With šнal: šнal + d + singular uncountable noun whose how many / how much

or

šнal + d + plural countable noun or

šнal + mn + singular countable noun How much time? šнal d l-wqt? How many books? šнal d l-ktub? How many books? šнal mn ktab? In referring to prices, šнal is almost always preceded by the preposition b ( ). How much is this shirt? bšнal had l-qamija? How much did you pay for bšнal šritihum? them?

.

Exercise:Write your time line of activities for last Sunday. Use the following time expressions and verbs to write as many sentences as you can. e.g. f l-l-wee weekend end t ššit m a ṣṣ нabi нabi f r-risṭora. ora.

.

Time Expressions

Verbs

f l-weekend

tfrrj

t šša

f ṣ-ṣ -ṣbaн baн bkri

dar

safr

56 • Moroccan Arabic f l-l- šiya f l-lil mn b d l-нdd lli fat f (time)

) )

awn ̣ sam kb b dqq xaf šaf duwš l bs

̣

tsnna ja mša tlaqa ̣ wsl qra tkllm sift


Daily Routines Objective: By the end of the chapter, chapter, you will will be able to: to: • talk about your daily activities using the present tense • use one verb after another to express complex thoughts • give commands with the imperative

Present Tense – Regular Verbs Present Tense in General

In Arabic, the present tense normally expresses both habitual and progressive actions. habitual action: I eat couscous every Friday. progressive action: I am eating couscous now.

For a small number of verbs, the present tense expresses only habitual actions (see page 151 for more information on these verbs). Unlike the past tense, which uses only suffixes (endings) to conjugate a verb, the present tense uses both suffixes and prefixes . The present tense prefix is written with ka ( ) and another letter ( n, t, or y). Present tense suffixes (i or u) may be added as well.

Regular Verbs in the Present Tense Verbs that were regular in the past tense are still still regular in the present tense. In addition to these, two-letter verbs are also regular in the present present tense. tense. Therefore, Therefore, they will will be conjugated like ktb ( ) in the present ent tense. See page 49 for more information on two-letter verbs. Here is the conjugation of the verb ktb in the present tense, with prefixes and suffixes underlined: “to write” ktb I write kan-ktb you write (masc. kat-ktb Yes, sing.) these you you writ writee (fe (fem. m. sing sing.) .) katkat-kt ktbi bi are the same. he writes kay-ktb These You have she writes kat-ktb understa different we write kan-ktbu conjugati ons. In you write (plur.) kat-ktbu the past they write kay-ktbu tense, Q: What changes are brought to the verb when conjugated in the present tense?


Time Expressions always usually sometimes from time to time once a ... once a year once a month once a week everyday on (day of the week) on Saturday every ... every morning every Friday now Some examples: Greg speaks Darija well. Malika drinks milk every morning. Amina and her friend travel to France once a year. Aicha is pouring tea. I don’t drink coffee.

dima ġaliban b ḍ l-mrrat mrra mrra mrra f ... mrra f l- am mrra f l-šhr mrra f s-simana yawmiyan nhar ... nhar s-sbt kul ... kul ṣbaн baн kul jm a deba

...

...

Greg kay-tkllm d-darija mzyan. Malika kat-šrb l-нlib kul ṣbaн. Amina u ṣaнbtha aнbtha kay-safru l fr fran ansa sa mrr mrraa f l- am. am. Aicha kat-kbb atay. ma-kan-šrb-š l-qhwa.

. . . . .

Exercise:Answer the following sentences (based on the examples above) in the negative. 1. weš Greg kay-tkllm tamaziġt mzyan? 2. weš Malika kat-šrb atay kul ṣ baн? 3. weš Amina u ṣaнbtha aнbtha kay-safru l miri mirika kann mrr mrraa f l- am? am? 4. weš Aicha kat-kbb l-ma?

1. 2. 3. 4.


Exercise:Describe in the present tense the following activities. šnu kay-dir / kat-dir / kay-diru?

/

/

Present Tense – Irregular Verbs with Middle “a” Categories of Present Tense Irregular Verbs

Irregular Verbs in General

Irregular verbs in the present tense are more complicated than in the past tense tense, past past tens tense. e. In the the past verbs with the same structure (“ a” in the middle, “a” at the end) were conju conjuga gated ted the the same same way. way. In the the present tense, verbs that look the same in their “infinitive” form may be conjugated differently. As a result of this difference, in the prese esent tens ense you you will will have to remember wh whic ich h cate catego gory ry of conj conjug ugat atio ionn each each irre irregu gula larr verb verb belong belongss to. to. These These cate categori gories es are are listed in the diagram to the right, and each will be shown individually. The glossary of verbs in the appendix (see page 164) 164) also shows, by example, how an irregular verb is conjugated.

Presen t Tense Irregul ar Verbs

long vowel “a” in the middle

long vowel “a” at the end

“a” becomes “u” “a” becomes “i” “a” remains “a”

“a” becomes “i” “a” remains “a” internal changes

60 • Moroccan Arabic We will deal with two large groups of irregular verbs: 3-letter verbs with a long vowel “ a” in the middle and all verbs with a long vowel “ a” at the end. Within each of these general groups, there will be three categories categories of different conjugations. At times, it may seem like too much inform informati ation on to handle handle.. But Peace Peace Corps Corps trainees trainees have have been learning learning the irregular irregular present tense tense for years; years; you’ll do great. great. Practicing Practicing irregular irregular verbs with with your homestay family is one way to to remember how each verb is conjugated. The more you use the verbs, the quicker they will “stick” in your memory.


1st Category: Long “a” Becomes Long “u” Remember, here we are dealing with 3-letter verbs with a ( ) in the the midd middle. le. The The long long vowel a ( ) changes changes to the long vowel u ( ), with the the same prefixes prefixes and suffixes suffixes as as regular regular verbs in the present tense. “to say” gal I say kan-gul you you say say (mas (masc. c. sin sing. g.)) katkat-gu gull you say (fem fem. sing ing.) katkat-gguli he says kay-gul she says kat-gul we say kan-gulu you say (plur.) kat-gulu they say kay-gulu

Verbs like “gal” to be kan to pass fat to blame lam to see šaf am to die mat to swim to dr drive ive / ride ṣ ag to taste daq to fast to throw laн ̣ sam to melt dab to turn ̣ dar to pass daz to visit zar Some examples: l-mslmin kay-ṣumu umu rmḍ an an Muslims fast Ramadan kul am. every year. . Lisa Lisa katkat- um mzya mzyan. n. Lisa swims well. . This driver doesn’t drive had š-šifur ma-kay-ṣug-š ug-š . well. mzyan. When the verb “to be,” kan ( ) is conj conjuugate gatedd in the the pres presen entt tens tense, e, it expr expres esse sess a habitual action or activity, not a current state or condition. fin kat-kun nhar s-sbt f Where are you (every) l- šiya? Saturday afternoon? In order to express current states or conditions, use independent pronouns with adjectives or nouns (see page 6) or use the participles of kan ( ) (see page 36 36). ). You have already learned both!



/

/

2nd Category: Long “a” Becomes Long “i”

In this category, the long vowel a ( ) in the middle middle of the verb changes changes to the long long vowel i ( ), with the same same prefixes and suffixes suffixes as as regular regular verbs in the present present tense. tense. “to bring” jab I bring kan-jib you bring (masc. kat-jib sing.) you you brin bringg (fem (fem.. sin sing. g.)) kat-j kat-jib ibii he brings kay-jib she brings kat-jib we bring kan-jibu you bring (plur.) kat-jibu they bring kay-jibu

Verbs like “jab” to add to be absent to be cooked to do / make to fall

zad ġab ṭab dar ̣ taн

Some examples: Hassan sells (is selling) vegetables in the souq. I don’t wake up early on Sundays. What do you do on

to fly ̣ tar to leak sal to wake up faq ba sell to touch qas to trust taq Hassan kay-bi l-xoḍ ra ra f s-suq. ma-kan-fiq-š bkri nhar l-нdd. šnu kat-dir nhar s-sbt?

. .

Peace Corps / Morocco • 63 Saturdays?


/

/

3rd Category: Long “a” Remains Long “a”

In this category, the long vowel a ( ) remains the same, same, withou withoutt any change changes, s, with the same prefixes and suffixes as regular verbs in the present tense. “to spend end the night” bat I spend the night kan-bat you spend the night kat-bat (masc. sing.) you spend the night kat-bati (fem. sing.) he sp spends th the ni night kay-bat shee sp sh spen ends ds the the nigh nightt katkat-ba batt we spend the night kan-batu you spend the night kat-batu (plur.) they they sp spen endd the the nigh nightt kaykay-ba batu tu

Verbs like “bat” to appear ban to look like ban bнal Some examples: The mouse is scared of the cat. You look like you are sick.

to owe sal to be scared xaf l-far kay-xaf mn l-qṭ. kat-ban bнal ila mriḍ mriḍ .

. .


Present Tense – Irregular Verbs with Final “a”

Now we change our focus from verbs with a long vowel a ( ) in the middl middlee of the verb to to those with a long vowel a ( ) at at the the end end of of the the verb. verb.

1st Category: Long “a” Becomes Long “i”

In this category, the long vowel a ( ) chan change gess to the the long long vowel vowel i ( ), wit with the the sam same prefixes and suffixes as regular verbs in the present tense. “to run” jra I run kan-jri you you run run (ma (masc sc.. sin sing. g.)) katkat-jr jrii These have the you ru run (f (fem. si sing.) kat-jri same he runs kay-jri conjugati she runs kat-jri we run kan-jriu you run (plur.) kat-jriu they run kay-jriu

Verbs like “jra” to build bna to go mša to buy šra to pray ̣ slla to cry bka to like / love bġa to clean nqqa to show wrra to come ja to sing ġnna to fold to smoke kma ̣ twa to fry qla to teach qrra to finish sala to turn off ̣ tfa Some examples: Hassan sings (is singing) in Hassan kay-ġnni f d-duš. the shower. I don’t smoke hash. ma-kan-kmi-š l-нšiš. Do you you run run eve every ry mor morni ning ng?? weš weš katkat-jr jrii kul kul ṣṣbaн? baн?

. .



/

/

2nd Category: Long “a” Remains Long “a”

In this category, the long vowel a ( ) remains remains the the same, same, without without any any changes changes,, with the the same prefixes and suffixes as regular verbs in the present tense. “to read / study” qra I read kan-qra you read (masc. kat-qra sing.) you you rea readd (fe (fem. m. sing sing.) .) katkat-qr qray ay he reads kay-qra she reads kat-qra we read kan-qrau you read (plur.) kat-qrau they read kay-qrau

Verbs like “qra” to forget to find to hope to meet to go shopping to walk around

nsa lqa tmnna tlaqa

to defy to eat lunch to eat dinner to be cured

tнdda tġdda t šša bra

tqdda

to be finished tsala

tsara

to take care (of)

thlla (f)

)

)

66 • Moroccan Arabic Some examples: From time to time we eat dinner at the restaurant. I don’t go shopping every day. How many books do you read in a month?

mrra mr mrra mrra ra kankan-tt ššau ššau f r-risṭora. ora. ma-kan-tqdda-š kul yum.

. .

šнal mn ktab kat-qra f š-šhr?


/

/

Moroccan Wisdom: . drb ̣ ̣ l-нdid maнddu sxun. Strike while the iron is hot.

3rd Category: Verb Has Internal Changes

Two verbs in Moroccan Arabic are conjugated in the present tense by changing their internal structure in addition to adding the normal prefixes and suffixes. “to eat” kla I eat kan-akul In these forms, the you you eat eat (mas (masc. c. sing sing..) katkat-ak akul ul “u” is pronounced you eat (fem. em. sing ing.) kat-akuli very quickly. Thus, one shouldn’t say he eats kay-akul “kan-akuuuuul,” she eats kat-akul but rather we eat kan-aklu “kan-ak ul”

Peace Corps / Morocco • 67 you eat (plur.) they eat

kat-aklu kay-aklu

Another Verb like “kla” to take xda Some examples: Every Friday we eat couscous. She takes medicine before she goes to bed.

kul jm a kankul kan-ak aklu lu ksk ksksu su.. kat-axud d-dwa qbl ma t-n s.

. .


/

/


Using One Verb after Another

Sometimes, we will want to use one verb directly after another. This is true in English: I want to read. We forg forgot ot to call all y you ou..

He likes to cook. She She beg began an to st study udy y yes este terd rda ay.

As the examples show, in English we use the infinitive after a verb (to read, to cook, to call, to study). But in Arabic, as you recall, there isn’t actually an infinitive for verbs (see page 45 45). ). Instead, Instead, we use the present tense of a verb without the opening “ka.” This will serve as the equivalent of the English infinitive when we use one verb after another. Present Tense

I want to go. You want to go. He wants to go. She wants to go. We want to go. You want to go. They want to go. Some more examples:

kan-mši kat-mši kay-mši kat-mši kan-mšiu kat-mšiu kay-mšiu

Without “ka”

n-mši t-mši y-mši t-mši n-mšiu t-mšiu y-mšiu

Used after “bġa”

bġit n-mši bġiti t-mši bġa y-mši bġat t-mši bġina n-mšiu bġitu t-mšiu bġau y-mšiu

. . . .

n-tkllm d-darija I hope to speak Darija well. kan-tmnna mzyan. He forgot to bring the nsa y-jib l-ktab. book.

. .

Using with Other Expressions

This same construction is i s used after other words and expressions. The most important of these is bash ( ). This This word word is the the equ equiv ival alen entt of of the the Eng nglilissh “in “in orde orderr to. to.”” Some Some examples: Latifa went to the post office Laṭifa ifa mšat l l-bosṭa baš t. in order to send a letter. ṣift bra. I went to Marrakech in mšit l Marrakech order baš n-šuf ṣaнbi. aнbi. . to see my friend.

Exercise:Combine the following words into sentences, using the proper conjugations of verbs and pronouns. 1. Amina / mša / l l-bosṭa / baš / šra / karṭ d t-tilifun. 2. huwa / bġa / mša / l mirikan / baš / qra. 3. нn нna / ja / l ll-mġrib / baš baš / awn / na nas dya dyalu / u / t rrf / {huma} rf {нna} / mzyan.

lihum / u /


The Imperative

The imperative is used to give commands: Go to the store! Open the window! Study Arabic! The positive positive imperative tells someone to to do something, the negative imperative tells someone not to do something. The positive imperative is formed by dropping both the ka ( ) and and the the pref prefix ix t ( ) from the singular singular and plural “you” “you” forms of the present present tense. In the following following table, all all the examples are equal to the English command, “ Write!” Present Tense

Imperative

you (masc. ktb kat-ktb sing.) ktbi you you (fem. em. sing ing.) kat-ktbi ktbu you you (p (plur. sing.) kat-ktbu The negative imperative is formed by dropping the ka ( ) and using the negative form ma. ma...š ..š ( ... ). In the foll follow owin ingg ta table, ble, the the fir firsst ver verbb is is gls, “to sit,” and the negative imperatives are equivalent to the English “Don’t sit!” The second verb is wqf , “to stand / stop” and the negative imperatives are equivalent to the English “Don’t stand up!” you (masc. sing.) you you (fe (fem. m. sing sing.) .) you (plur. sing.) you (masc. sing.) you (fem. (fem. sing sing.) .) you (plur. sing.)

Present Tense

Imperative

Negative Imperative

kat-gls

gl s

ma-t-gls-š

kat-glsi

glsi

ma-t-glsi-š

kat-glsu

glsu

ma-t-glsu-š

kat-wqf

wqf

ma-t-wqf -š -š

katkat-wqfi

wqfi

ma-t-wqfi-š

kat-wqfu

wqfu

ma-t-wqfu-š

Some Irregular Imperatives

For the following three verbs, the positive imperative is not regular. 1. to go mša sir ma-t-mši-š siri ma-t-mši-š Go. Don’t go. siru ma-t-mšiu-š 2. to come ja aji ma-t-ji-š Come. aji Don’t come. ma-t-ji-š ajiu ma-t-jiu-š ta / ara 3. to give ma-t- ṭini-š ini-š ara Don’t give ma-t- ṭini-š ini-š Give me. aray me. ma-t- ṭiuni-š iuni-š arau


Exercise:Put the verbs between parentheses in correct form, then arrange the sentences in the correct order. A. mn b d (lb (lbs) s) нway нwayjiji.. B. (ġsl (ġsl)) wjhi wjhi u snan snan,, mn b d (fiyq) (fiyq) d-drar d-drari.i. C. ana (naḍ ) f 7:30. D. f l- šiya šiya (tqdda (tqdda)) wlla (xmml) (xmml) ḍḍ -ḍ -ḍ ar. ar. E. ana ana (xdm) (xdm) нtta нtta l 1:00 1:00 mn mn b d (tġdd (tġdda). a). F. (wjd) l-fṭur. G. нna (t šša) mjmu in. H. ana ana (n (n s) ġali ġaliba bann f 11: 11:00. 00. I. ana (šdd) ṭ-ṭ -ṭubis ubis f 8:00 baš (mša) l-xdma. J. d-drari (n s) f 8:00.

((

(

)

)

(

7: 3 0 ( ( ) ( ) 1:00 ( ( ( 1 1: 0 0 ( 8:00 ( ( 8: 0 0 ( )

)

. )

) ( ) ) )

. . . ). . . . ). .

Exercise:Write a paragraph out of each set of pictures. John

Bobby

Text

kifaš kat-duwz n-nhar? Susan mutaṭawi a wi a m a hay' hay'at at s-sal -salaam. ku kull nhar har kat-fiq kat-fiq bkr bkrii u kat-jr kat-jri.i. mn b d kat-d kat-duwš uwš u kat-ft kat-fṭr. ṛ . dima f ṣ-ṣ -ṣbaн baн kat-xdm нtta l 11:30. mlli kat-sali, kat-rj l ḍ -ḍ -ḍ ar. ar. kat-wj kat-wjjd jd l-makla l-makla u kat-tġ kat-tġdda dda.. f l- šiya šiya kat kat-tqdda u b ḍ l-mrrat kat-laqa ṣнabha нabha wlla kat-mš kat-mšii l s-si s-siber. ber. f l-lil l-lil kat-t kat-t šša šša u dima dima kat-qra kat-qra qbl ma t-n s. 1. šnu kat-dir Susan? weš turist? 2. weš weš kat kat-x -xdm dm f l-l- šiya šiya?? 3. šn šnuu katkat-dir dir qb qbll ma t-n t-n s? 4. šnu kat-dir kul nhar?

.

.

.

.

. .11:30 .

1.

2. 3.

4.

.


Bargaining Objective: By the end of the chapter, chapter, you will will be able to: to: • bargain for basic items, such as clothing • describe the colors of items • use masculine, feminine, and plural adjectives correctly • describe differences between objects using the comparative and superlative

Bargaining

General Bargaining Information

In Morocco, Morocco, bargaining bargaining is a part of life. It can sometimes sometimes be tiring for people people not used to it, it, bu butt with with some some cult cultur ural al and lang langua uage ge skil skills ls,, it can beco become me much much easier. easier. Some Some information about bargaining can also make the process simpler. First of all, you need to know what items should be bargained for, and what items normally normally have fixed prices, prices, even for Moroccans. Moroccans. This is not always always easy to determine, determine, since the place where you buy some things may determine whether the price is fixed or not. For example, some items items that are sold at fixed prices in a нanut (e.g. laundry soap, vegetables, vegetables, eggs) eggs) may be bargained for in the souk souk or from a street vendor. Ask your host host family family or watc watchh other other Moroc Morocca cans ns in order order to find find out. out. Here Here are some some gener general al guidelines for whether prices are fixed or not:

Usually Bargained For any article of clothing any household or kitchen utensil, appliance, or furniture rent for a house or apartment taxi fares on unscheduled runs anything bought in a souk (e.g. grains in bulk, animals, rugs, etc.) anything bought from a street vendor who has no regular shop petit taxi fares if the meter does not • •

• • •

•

•

work

Seldom Bargained For things which are literally bought every day: mint, parsley, bread, coriander refill on a butagas cigarettes and alcohol meals or beverages in restaurants bus fares between scheduled stops taxi fares on regular runs price-controlled staple foods: sugar, oil, tea, flour, milk, butter, etc. anything bought in a pharmacy meat and vegetables, if the price per kilo is posted school supplies •

• • • • • •

• •

anything used or second-hand domestic help and services (maid, plumber, electrician, etc. Determine the price before the work is done.) It is also good to be aware of some of the standard tactics that are used between the buyer and the seller in Morocco. If you watch Moroccans, Moroccans, you will see many of these. •

• •

The Buyer’s Tactics

not showing too much enthusiasm for buying walking away when the seller has named the “lowest” price pointing out defects in the •

•

•

The Seller’s Tactics

not showing too much enthusiasm for selling turning away when the buyer has named the “highest” price noting the superior quality in the •

•

•

72 • Moroccan Arabic merchandise quoting a lower price for an identical item in another shop claiming not to have enough money to meet the seller's “lowest” price complimenting or flattering the seller (on his shop, merchandise, children, friendliness) •

•

•

The Buyer’s Tactics

merchandise insisting that goods in other shops are not of the same quality claiming that in selling at the buyer’s “highest” price he would be taking a loss complimenting or flattering the buyer (on his or her language ability, friendliness, expertise in bargaining) •

•

•

The Seller’s Tactics

acting insulted by the seller’s price acting insulted by the buyer’s offer arguing that the difference between arguing that the difference between the the buyer’s price and his price is seller’s price and the price offered is insignificant and the buyer should come insignificant; i.e. the seller should come up down to the offered price pulling out one's money as if the wrapping up the purchase as if the offered price has been agreed upon asking price has been agreed upon When you are looking to buy an item that you know you will have to bargain for, there are a few things that you should probably try to avoid. These include: showing too much interest in, or too great a need for, a particular item carrying large sums of money, carrying expensive, previously-bought items, looking like a tourist having no idea what an item is really worth, or what is a fair price for that type of item being in a hurry buying with a guide (he gets a percentage of what you pay) Always be prepared to pay a price you have named. Do not get too far into bargaining for something if you do not intend to buy it. If you are not clear on the currency in which you are bargaining (i.e. ryals), proceed slowly. In the end, don’t let a bargaining scenario ruin your day. Most of us go unbothered by the sometimes huge markups on big-ticket items in America, yet we can be easily frustrated frustrated by a Moroccan merchant merchant who makes an extra dollar or two off of us. us. Remember that one’s peace of mind is worth something, something, too. •

•

•

•

•

•

• •

•

• •

Bargaining Expressions It’s too expensive! Lower the price. Give a good price. I won’t add even a ryal. I’ll add nothing. It’s too much for me. A good price. A reasonable price. What’s the last price? How much will I get it for? That’s what I have (money)! That’s my last price!

ġali bzzaf! nqṣ šwiya. ṣawb a wb m aya aya f t-ta t-tama man. n. ma-n-zid нtta ryal. ma-n-zid walu. bzzaf liya. ši taman mzyan. ši taman mnasb. axir taman, šнal? bšнal t-xllih (ha)? had š-ši l-li ndi! hada huwa axir taman dyali!

! . . . . . . . ( ) ! !


Clothing

Clothing Vocabulary

clothes

l-нwayj

2

4 5

3 1

7

6

1 0

9 8

1 1

1 6

1 2

1 7

1 3

1 8 1 9

1. sifiṭma 2. jean 3. srwal 4. qamija nṣ kmm 5. qamija 6. grafaṭa 7. jili 8. kustim 9. triko 10. triko col v

1 5

1 4

11. fista 12. jạ kita 13. pijama 14. kbbụ t 15. sm ̣ ta 16. T-shirt 17. ṣ̌ ort 18. šal 19. slip 20. ̣ saya

2 0


2

1

3

4

5

7

6

9

1 1

8 1 0

1 5

1 3

1 2

1 4

2 0

1 8 1 6

1 9

1 7

1. kswa 2. zif / fular 3. jllaba 4. gndura 5. liba 6. sutyanat 7. ligat 8. kaskiṭa 9. ṭagiya 10. tqašr

11. sbrdila 12. butyu 13̣ . sbbat 14̣ . sndala 15. mššaya 16. xatm 17. нalaqat 18. qiq 19. snsla 20. m ̣ dl

/

Clothing Expressions Is there anything else? Give me size ... please. Try this one on. Do you you wan wantt anot another her color color?? I prefer this color. It goes well with you. colors Colors

weš kayna ši нaja xora? ṭini ini n-nmra ... afak. qiys hada / hadi. weš weš bġit bġitii ši lun lun axor axor?? kan-fḍ l had l-lun. ja / jat m ak. l-lwan

Masculine Singular

white blue black

ḅ yd zrq kнl

... /

. / .

Feminine Singular

ḅ id a zrqa kнla

. .

Plural

̣ bidin zrqin kнlin

Peace Corps / Morocco • 75 red yellow green brown orange pi n k

нm r нmra нmrin ṣ fr sfra sfrin ̣ ̣ xḍ r xdra ̣ ̣ xdrin qhwi qhwiya qhwiyin l im u n i limuniya limuniyin wrdi wrdiya wrdiyin нjri нjriya нjriyin purple mdadi mdadiya mdadiyin grey rmadi rmadiya rmadiyin golden d h bi dhbiya dhbiyin dark mġluq mġluqa m ġl u qi n l i gh t mftuн mftuнa mftuнin ṇ as ṇ as ṇ ains bright faded baht bahta bahtin As you can see in the table above, feminine forms of colors are made by adding an “ a” sound to the masculine form, and plurals are made by adding “ in” to the masculine form.

Dialogue s-salamu alaykum. wa alaykum s-salam. bġit jllaba afak! mujud a sidi, ašmn nmra? ma-n- rf. qiys qiys hadi hadi.. Ah Ah jat jat m ak! ak! k ayna ġir f had l-lun? ka kayna kayna f l-by l-byḍḍ , ṣ-ṣ -ṣfr fr u l-kнl. ara n-šuf l-byḍ afak. hak a sidi sidi.. bšнal bšнal had had š-ši? š-ši? hadi hadi a sidi b 8000 8000 ryal. ryal. ġali ġaliya ya bzz bzzaf af,, ġadi ġadi nn- ṭik ik ġir 3000 ryal. mul mul l-нwa l-нwayj: yj: lla, lla, nqṣ nqṣtiti bzzaf. xudha b 6000. Michael: lla bzzaf. bslama. mul l-нwayj l-нwayj:: aji, aji, aji, ṭini ini ġir 5000 ryal.

Michael: mul l-нwayj: Michael: mul l-нwayj: Michael: mul l-нwayj: Michael: mul l-нwayj l-нwayj:: Michael: mul l-нwayj l-нwayj:: Michael Michael:: mul l-нwa l-нwayj: yj: Mich Michae ael:l:

Mich ichael: el: ġadi n- ṭik ik 3500 ryal. bġiti mzyan ma-bġiti-š lla y-shl. mul l-нwayj: l-нwayj: ara a sidi 3500 3500 ryal. ryal. ši ši bas ma-kayn.

. . !

: : : :

.

. !

: : :

. . .

: : : :

8 0 00

. 3000. .

5000 .

: : : :

. 3500

.

6000. . .

:

3500

. .

: :


Exercise:Read the text and answer the questions. Saida ndha bzzaf d t-tṣbin bin l-yum: s-srwal r-rmadi u l-qamija l-biḍ a dyal rajlha. jean u T-shirt dyal wldha. l-kswa l-нmra u j-jakiṭa z-zrqa dyal bntha. ṣ-ṣ aya aya l-xḍ ra ra u z-zif l-byd dyal Saida. welakin, dyal mn t-tqašr t-tqašr l-kнl? 1. dyal mn s-srwal r-rmadi? 2. dyal mn T-shirt? šnu l-lun dyalu? 3. weš l-kswa l-нmra dyal Saida? 4. weš ṣ-ṣ -ṣaya dyal Saida zrqa? 5. šnu l-lun dyal t-tqašr?

.

: .

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

.

.


Exercise:Write a dialogue for the following pictures. Try to write it without looking at the previous pages. 2

1

4

3

6

5

8

7


Adjectives

Adjectives come after the nouns they modify and must agree in gender and number. For example, if a noun is feminine and singular then the adjective that follows must be feminine and singular as well. Feminine Feminine and plural forms of adjectives adjectives are derived from the masculine masculine base form. The feminine form is made by adding an a ( ) to the end of the the masc masculin ulinee form. form. The plural plural form, like with with nouns, is not not always predictab predictable. le. The two most common patterns are: adding in ( ) to the mascul masculine ine form, form, or or replac replacing ing the the long long vowel vowel i ( ) in in the the midd middle le of of an an adjective with the long vowel a ( ). An example of each each plural plural form: form: happy big

Masculine Singular

Plural

frнan

frнanin

we add in to form the plural  we change i to a to form the kbir kbar plural Adjectives in this first group (forming the plural with in) also have a feminine plural form that is used when all the member memberss of a group group are feminin feminine. e. If their their is a mixture mixture of masculine and feminine people or objects, the masculine plural (often just called “plural”) is used. The feminine plural is formed by adding adding at to the masculine singular base form. 

Common Adjectives English

good

Masculine Singular

Feminine Singular

mzyan

mzyana

Masculine Plural

mzyanin

Feminine Plural

mzyanat

pretty / handsome / good bad / ugly

zwin

zwina

zwinin

zwinat

xayb

xayba

xaybin

xaybat

happy

frнan

frнana

frнanin

frнanat

sad / angry

m ql l q

mqllqa

mqllqin

mqllqat

clean

nqi

nqiya

nqiyin

nqiyat

dirty

mussx

mussxa

mussxin

mussxat

harried

m zr u b

mzruba

mzrubin

mzrubat

late

ṃ tṭl

̣ m tṭla

ṃ tṭlin

ṃ tṭlat lat

soft

̣ rtb

rtba

̣ rtbin

̣ rtbat

нrša

нršin

нršat

triya

̣ triyin

̣ triyat

harsh

нrš

fresh

̣ tri

present

нạ rd

absent

ġayb

̣ ̣

нạ rda ġayba

нạ rdin ġaybin

нạ rdat ġaybat

Peace Corps / Morocco • 79 Masculine Singular

Feminine Singular

sweet

нlu

нluwa

нluwin

нluwat

salty

malн

malнa

malнin

malнat

bland / tasteless

mssus

mssusa

mssusin

mssusat

spicy

нarr

нarra

нarrin

нarrat

open

mнlul

mнlula

mнlulin

mнlulat

closed

msdud

msduda

msdudin

msdudat

fried / grilled

mqli

mqliya

m ql i y i n

mqliyat

hungry

ji an

ji ana

ji anin

ji anat

thirsty

̣ tšan

̣ tšana

̣ tšanin

̣ tšanat

busy

mšġul

mšġula

mšġulin

mšġulat

lazy

m gaz

m gaza

m gazin

m gazat

tired

iyan

iyana

iyanin

iyanat

m qul

m qula

m qulin

m qulat

enough

kafi

kafiya

kafiyin

kafiyat

expensive

ġali

ġaliya

ġaliyin

ġaliyat

wide / large

was

was a

was in

was at

married

mzuwj

mzuwja

mzuwjin

mzuwjat

old (something)

qdim

q di m a

qdam

big (something) old (someone) small (something) young (someone) ne w

kbi r

kbira

kbar

ṣġir

̣ sġira

j di d

jdida

jdad

f ar

b id

b ida

b ad

near

qrib

qriba

qrab

tall / long

̣ twil

̣ twila

English

reasonab reaso nable le / serious

Masculine Plural

̣

̣

Feminine Plural

sġar

twal

80 • Moroccan Arabic Masculine Singular

Feminine Singular

short

̣ qs i r

̣ qsira

strong / correct

ṣ нiн

̣ sнiнa

English

weak

̣ if d

Masculine Plural

̣ qsar sнaн

̣

̣ ifad

̣ afd

̣ bs

Feminine Plural

iṭa

simple / easy

ḅ ṣ it

bsaṭ

cheap

rx̣ is

poor

mskin

mskina

msakn

sick

ṃ rid

ṃ rid a

ṃ rad

̣

rx̣ is a

̣ rxas

Exercise:Describe the following pictures using adjectives. 1. hada kmm qsir. ̣ ̣ 5

6 4 3

11

2. hada kmm _______.

12

7 10 8

9

Comparative and Superlative Adjectives

Comparative Adjectives

We use comparative adjectives when we are comparing two objects based upon some qualit qualityy or charac character terist istic. ic. For example, example, in English English we can say: I am taller than John. “Taller than” than” is the comparative comparative form of the adjective adjective “tall.” Here are the comparative comparative forms for some Arabic adjectives: Adjectives Comparatives good mzyan better нsn (mn) ) ) nice nicer ) ) ̣ drif ̣ drf (mn) tall / long ṭ wil taller / longer ̣ twl (mn) ) )

Peace Corps / Morocco • 81 short big / old

q̣ sir kbir

shorter ) ) ̣ qsr (mn) bigger / older kb k br (mn) ) ) smaller / small / young ṣ ġir ġir ṣġr (mn) ) ) younger heavy tqil heavier tql (mn) ) ) l i gh t xfif lighter xff (mn) ) ) old (thing) qdim older (thing) qdm (mn) ) ) f ew qlil fewer qll (mn) ) ) cheap rx̣ is cheaper rx̣ (smn) ) ) more expensive ġali ġla (mn) expensive sweet нlu sweeter нla (mn) As you can see above, for many adjectives (but not all) the comparative is formed by removing the long vowel i from the word. Here are some examples: Sadia is younger than Sadia ṣġr mn Malika. . Malika. The train is better than the t-tran нsn mn l-kar. . bus.

Comparing Like Objects

In order to express that two things/people/etc. are the same, we can use either of two expressions: the same / alike bнal bнal the same / alike kif kif Some examples: Which is better: a blue shirt ama нsn: qamijja zrqa wlla : or a green one? xḍ ra? ra? They are the same. bнal bнal. . As the example shows, the word ama ( ) is used for for comparisons when we mea mean “which.”

Superlative Adjectives

The superlative adjective in Moroccan Arabic can be formed in two ways. First, by using the definite article with the adjective and inserting the personal pronoun: Omar is bright. Omar mujtahid. . Omar is the brightest Omar huwa l-mujtahid f . student in the class. l-qism. Susan is a pretty girl. Susan bnt zwina. . Susan is the prettiest. Susan hiya z-zwina. . Second, by prefixing “a” ( ) to the comparative adjective: ḍ -ḍ -ḍ ar ar l-biḍ a akbr mdina f Casablanca is the largest

82 • Moroccan Arabic city in Morocco. Toubkal is the highest mountain in Morocco.

l-mġrib. tubqal a la jbl f l-mġrib.

. .

Exercise:Compare each pair using comparative adjectives. t-tomobil ̣ ̣ ̣ dyal Mary

t-tomobil ̣ ̣ ̣ dyal Mike

Driss

Hassan

̣ ̣ ̣ dyal Mohamed d-dar

šškḷat

̣ ̣ ̣ dyal Judy d-dar

lxubz


Exercise:Answer the following questions based upon the drawing. d-dllaн

l-banan

1. ama ama ġla ġla l-l- nb wlla wlla l-bana l-banan? n? 2. ama rxṣ d-dl d-dlla laнн wll wllaa l-l- nb nb?? 3. ama нsn d-dllaн wlla l-banan? 4. ama ama нla нla l-l- nb wlla wlla d-dl d-dllaн laн?? 5. weš weš l-l- nb huwa aġla aġla fakiha fakiha?? 6. šnu hiya l-fakiha r-rxiṣa?

l- nb

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

Moroccan Wisdom: .

l-li ddu ̣ ̣ ̣ l-нnš, kay-xaf mn l-нbl. The one bitten by a snake is afraid of ropes. English equivalent: equivalent: Once bitten, twice shy.


Shopping For Food Objective: By the end of the chapter, chapter, you will will be able to: • shop for produce, meats, and spices

Fruits and Vegetables At the Green Grocer’s

nd l-xḍ ḍḍar ar

6

3

2

1

1 0

8 9

5

4

7

1 2

1 1

1 8 1 6

1 9

1 7

1. xizu 2. š-šiflur 3. lquq 4. l-bṭaṭ aṭa 5. l-flfla 6. d-dnjal 7. lxyar 8. maṭiša 9. j-jlbana 10. l-kraf̣ s quince gourd okra

s-sfrjl s-slawi l-mluxiya

2 0

zucchi ni

1 5

vegetables

1 4

1 3

l-xọ dra

11. l-ful 12. l-fjl 13. l-gr a 14. t-tuma 15. l-̣bsla 16. l-barba 17. l-lft 18. l-mkuwr 19. l-lubya 20. l-korj̣ it parsley m i nt absinth

l-m dnus n-n na š-šiba

Peace Corps / Morocco • 85 coriander

l-qṣ bur

verbena

l-lwiza plum

3

1

4

5

2

9

6

1 3

1 2

1 1

1 0

8

7

1 4

1 5

1. l- nb 2. l-limun 3. t-tfaн 4. l-friz 5. l-brquq 6. l-banan 7. l-xux 8. l-нaṃ d

fruit

l-fakiha

9. n-ngaṣ bo wid 10. t-tut 11. lavoka 12. lananạ s 13. d-dllaн 14. нblmluk 15. š-šhdiya

pome pomegr gran anat atee r-rm r-rmma mann

Jap anes an ese e plums

l-mzaн

apricots

kiwi

l-kiwi

l-mšmaš

Buying Produce

Units of Measurement scale gram kilogram ¼ kilogram ½ kilogram ¾ kilogram

l-mizan gram kilu rubu kilu nṣ kilu kilu lla rob

nectari ne


2 kilograms

juj kilu

Expressions Give me a kilo of ... Weigh me ... Give me some ... More ... please How much is a kilo of ... ? What do you need? What else? I need ... No, that’s enough. Only 1 kilo, that’s all!

ṭini ini kilu d ... br / wzn liya ... ṭini ini šwiya d ... zidni ... afak bšнal kilu d ... ? šnu xṣ ṣk? k? šnu axor? x̣ sṣni ... lla baraka. ġir kilu, ṣafi!

/

... ... ...

... ... ... .

!


Dialogue shopping

Susan: l-xḍ ḍḍar: ar: Susan: Susan:

l-xḍ ḍḍar: Susan: l-xḍ ḍḍar: Susan: Susan:

l-xḍ ḍḍar: Susan: l-xḍ ḍḍar: Susan: l-xḍ ḍḍar: Susan: l-xḍ ḍḍar:

t-tqdya

ṣ baн l-xir. ṣbaн baн l-xir. aš нb l-xaṭr a lalla? bġit bġit juj kilu kilu d xizu, xizu, u kilu kilu d maṭiša iša u nṣ kilu d l-barba u xtar liya ši нaja mzyana. br liya kilu u rubu d l-bṣla. la. ṣ afi a lalla? bšнal t-tfaн? sṭṭtạ š l drhm l l-kilu. waxxa, waxxa, br liya liya kilu kilu lla rob. aah! nsit ṭini ini šwiya d l-qṣbur bur u l-m dnus. hani a lalla. bšнal kulši? ndk a lalla ts miya u sttin ryal. šнal mn drhm? 48 drhm. hak hak a sid sidi,i, lla lla yy- awn. awn. lla y-xlf a lalla.

1. fin Susan? 2. šnu šrat Susan? 3. šнal šrat mn kul нaja? 4. weš šrat ši нaja xora? 5. šнal xllṣat?

.

: : :

.

.

. : : : :

. !

. . .

: : : : : : :

. 48

. . . 1. 2.

3. 4. 5.


Spices and Meat Spices

spices salt black pepper ginger

l- ṭ riya l-mlнa l-bzar skinjbir

saffron turmeric hot pepper

z-z fran l-xrqum l-flfla l-нara

cumin

l-kamun

s-sudaniya

cinnamon oregano nutmeg

l-qrfa z-z tr l-guza

red hot pepper cloves basil paprika

l-qrnfl l-нbq t-tнmira

At the Butcher’s butcher meat lamb beef goat meat liver ground meat eat meat w/o bones chicken

l-gzzar l-lнm l-ġnmi l-bgri l-m zi l-kbda l-kfta l-hbra d-djaj

Exercise: You have guests for dinner and you want to serve them tea with cakes, then a tajine. List the items you need for preparing tea/cakes and a tajine and write your shopping list. Then, write write a shopping list for an American dish.


Food and Drink Objective: By the end of the chapter, chapter, you will will be able to: to: • use the correct words and expressions concerning food and drink • express likes and dislikes using jb “to please” • express necessity or obligation with xṣṣṣ “to need / to have to” • use bġa “to want / to like” with the t he proper tense

Food and Drink Food

food breakfast lunch dinner

l-makla l-fṭ ur l-ġda l- ša

fish beans lentils chick peas

l-нut l-lubya l - ds l-нmmṣ

tajine

ajin ̣ t-ṭajin

steamed pasta with cinnamon and sugar

s-sffa

salad

š-šlaḍ a

French fries

l-frit

olives

z-zitun

bastila meat chicken

l-bsṭ ila l-lнm d-djaj

vermicelli Moroccan soup vegetable soup rice couscous pizza

š-š riya l-нrira ṣ-ṣ -ṣuba uba r-ruz l-ksksu l-ppitza

At a Café the waiter black coffee coffee with milk half coffee, half milk hot milk weak coffee strong coffee coffee with a little milk orange juice apple & milk shake banana & milk shake almond & milk shake pot of tea glass of tea ... with mint

l-garsun qhwa kнla qhwa нlib qhwa nṣ nṣ нlib sxun qhwa xfifa qhwa qasнa qhwa mhrsa aṣirir l-limun aṣirir t-tfaн aṣirir l-banan aṣirir l-luz brrad d atay kas d atay ... b n-n na

...

90 • Moroccan Arabic Not very sweet. Some sugar, please. a glass of cold water

ma-y-kun-š нlu bzzaf. šwiya d s-skkar, afak. kas d l-ma bard.

. . .

At a Restaurant the menu Please bring me ... Do you have ... ? What do you have? Is there any food without meat? I want want a tajin tajinee witho without ut meat meat.. What do you have for dessert? We want a table for (four people). outside inside The bill, please. To your health. To your health (response). How do do yo you lilike th the fo food? I have no complaints. The food is delicious.

l-menu afak jib liya ... weš ndkum ... ? šnu ndkum?

... ...

weš kayna ši makla bla lнm? bġit ṭajin bla lнm.

.

šnu ndkum f d-disir? bġina waнd waнd ṭt ̣-ṭ -tḅ la dy dyal (r (rb a d n-nas). la brra ldaxl l-нsab afak. b ṣ-ṣ -ṣннa. lla y- ṭik ik ṣ-ṣннa. ннa. kif kif ja jatk l-l-makla? la? ma ndi mangul. l-makla ldida / bnina.

)

). . . . . .

/

Dialogue Karla u Jason f r -risṭora ora l-ga l-gars rsun un:: t-fḍ t-fḍ ḍḍlu! mrнbabikum. Jason: šukran. weš kayna ši ṭbla bla dyal juj d n-nas? l-ga l-gars rsun un:: m lum kayna kayna.. fin fin bġ bġitituu t-gl t-glsu su?? Jason: bġina waнd ṭt ̣-ṭ -tḅ la нda s-srjm. l-garsun: šnu bġitu t-aklu? Karla: šnu ndkum? l-garsun: ha l-menu. Karla Karla:: ana ana bġit bġit šlaḍ šlaḍ a u ksksu b l-ġnmi. l-garsun: waxxa a lalla. u nta a sidi? Jason: ana kan-akul ġir l-xḍ ra. ra. weš kayna ši makla bla lнm? l-garsun: iyeh! kayna l-lubya. Jason: waxxa. jib liya šlaḍ a u ṭbsil bsil d l-lubya. l-garsun: weš bġitu t-šrbu ši нaja? Karla: ana bġit kuka barda. Jason: ana bġit ġir l-ma afak.

! .

.

.

.

:

.

.

. .

: : :

. .

: :

: : :

:

! . . .

:

: : :

:

Peace Corps / Morocco • 91 Jason: l-garsun: Jason: l-garsun: Karla/Jaso n: l-ga l-gars rsun un:: Karla/Jaso n:

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ l-нsab afak. 60 drhm. 60 hak a sidi. lla y-xlf. kif jatkum l-makla? . bnina! jbatna bzzaf. ! b ṣṣ -ṣ -ṣннa u r-raнa. lla y- ṭik ik ṣ-ṣннa. ннa.

1. fin mšau Karla u Jason? 2. šnu klau? 3. weš šrbu ši нaja? šnu šrbu? 4. šнal xlṣu? 5. kif jathum l-makla?

. . .

: :

. . .

1.

:

: : :

: 2.

3. 5.

4.

The Reflexive verb “to please / to like”

In Darija Darija,, it is not not comm common on to say, litera literally lly,, “I like someth somethin ing. g.”” Rath Rather, er, we us usee the the constructi construction, on, “Something “Something pleases me.” me.” In reality, this this phrase would would translate translate into the English “I like something,” but what is important is that you understand that the “person who likes” is actually actually the object of the sentence, sentence, and the “thing liked” liked” is the subject. At first, it will seem backward; backward; in fact, it is (from an English speaker’s speaker’s perspective) perspective).. In time you will use this construction naturally.

How to Conjugate “to please”

The verb “to please” ple ase” is jb. It can be tricky tricky to conjugate because, because, as we said, the subject of the verb is actually the object that is “liked,” and the object is the person person who “likes.” “likes.” Thus, if I want to say, “He likes them,” I literally need to say, “They please him.” h im.” Also, as a result of this, the verb must always agree in gender and number with the subject, that is, the thing “liked.” In the present tense, therefore, the conjugation of the verb can be outlined in the following manner: Introduce Present Tense

Verb Root

For Plural Form Only

jb

u

kay

(masc. sing.)

kat

(fem. sing.)

kay

(masc/fem plur.)

Some examples: It (masc. sing.) pleases me. (i.e. I like it.) It (fem. sing.) pleases me. (i.e. I like it.) They (masc. plur.) please me. (i.e. I like them.) They (fem. plur.) please me.

kay- jbni kat- jbni kay- jbuni kay- jbuni

Object Pronouns ni k u/h ha na kum hum

92 • Moroccan Arabic (i.e. I like them.)

Present Tense Examples

In the following following examples, we use the translatio translationn “to like.” The literal translati translation on would be “to please.” jb with masculine masculine singular subject subject

I like couscous. I like chocolate. She likes tea. We like Morocco. He likes tajines.

kaykaykaykaykaykaykaykaykay kay-

jbni jbni ksks ksksu. u. jbni jbni š-šk š-škla laṭṭ. jbha jbha atay atay.. jbna jbna l-mġr l-mġrib ib.. jbu ṭ-ṭ -ṭajin. ajin.

. . . . .

jb with feminine singular subject subject

I like salad. Do you like coffee? She does not like beer.

katkat- jbni jbni š-šl š-šlad aḍ̣ a. a. weš weš kkat at-- jbk jbk l-q l-qhwa hwa?? ma-ka ma-katt- jbha jbha-š -š l-birr l-birra. a.

. .

jb with masculine/feminine masculine/feminine plural plural subject

I like the people of Morocco. He likes books. Do you (plur.) like kids? We don’t like them.

kay- jbuni jbuni n-na n-nass d l-mġri l-mġrib. b. kaykay- jbuh jbuh l-kt l-ktub ub.. weš weš kaykay- jbuk jbukum um d-dr d-drar ari? i? ma-k ma-kay ay-- jbun jbunaa-š. š.

. . .

Past Tense Examples

The verb jb can also be used used in the past tense, tense, as in “I liked it” or “It pleased pleased me.” It is conjugated like all regular verbs in the past tense. jb with masculine masculine singular subject subject

I liked dinner. He liked mint tea. She didn’t like “fat bread.” Did you like the chicken?

jbni l- ša. jbu atay b n-n na . mama- jbha jbha-š -š xubz xubz š-šн š-šнma ma.. weš jbk d-djaj?

. . .

jb with feminine singular subject subject

jbatni l-нrira. I liked the soup. mama- jbat jbatuu-šš š-š š-šlad laḍ̣ a. a. He didn’t like the salad. Did you like the old medina? weš jbatk l-mdina l-qdima?

. .

jb with masculine/feminine masculine/feminine plural plural subject

I liked the people of my village. Did you like these books? She didn’t like the colors.

jbuni n-nas dyal d-duwar dyali. weš jbuk had l-ktub? mama- jbuha jbuha-š -š l-l l-luw uwan an..

. .


Followed by Another Verb

jb can be followed followed by another another verb. The second second verb is always always conjugat conjugated ed in the

present, according to the same rule that you already learned regarding verbs following other verbs (see page 68 68). ). Remember that for the second verb, therefore, we remove the to pla place ce it afte afterr jb. ka ( ) to kaykay- jbn jbni nn-n s mu mura l-l-ġda. I like to sleep after lunch. . kay- jbu y-l b l-kura. He likes to play soccer. . She doesn’t like to wake up ma-kayma-kay- jbha-š jbha-š t-fiq t-fiq bkri. bkri. . early. weš weš kkay ay-- jbk jbk t-jr t-jrii ṣṣ-ṣ -ṣbaн baн Do you like to run early in the morning? bkri? šnuu kayšn kay- jbk jbk t-d t-dir ir f What do you like to do on the weekend? l-weekend?

Exercise:Make correct sentences using jb. weš

iyeh

kat- jbk kat- jbu kat- jbha

l-xdma

kat- jbni kat- jbu kat- jbha

dyalk? dyalu? dyalha? bzzaf. šwiya.

. .


Exercise:Make as many sentences (affirmative and negative) as you can with jb using these pictures. Suzy

Ahmed

Ronny & Nancy

Aicha

Moroccan Wisdom: . ma-šri-š l-нut f ql l-bнr. Don’t buy fish on the bottom of the sea. English equivalent: Don’t count your chickens before they hatch.


The Verb “to need, to have to, must, should”

The verb xṣṣṣ ( ) tran transl slat ates es into into all all of of the the follo followi wing ng in Engl Englis ish: h: “to “to need need”” or “to “to hav havee to” to” or “must” or “should.” “should.” It is conjugated conjugated by adding the the object pronouns pronouns (see page page 53 53)) to the end of the verb. You do not normally normally conjugate conjugate it like a present present tense tense verb; that is, you do not add kay or kat before the verb. verb. Like other verbs, however, however, xṣṣṣ may be followed by a second verb which is conjugated in the present tense, but without the prefix ka (see page 68 68). ). Some examples: xṣṣṣni n-t llm l- rbiya . I have to learn Arabic well. mzyan. You should be on time. xṣṣṣk t-ji f l-wqt. . You shouldn’t stay up late. ma-xṣṣṣk-š t-shr. . I have to go. x̣ sṣni n-mši. . The meaning in the above examples ex amples depends largely on the context. However, when xṣṣṣ is followed by a noun, it only means “to need.” Some examples: I need cigarettes. xṣ ṣni l-garru. . She needs a notebook. xṣ ṣha dftar. . The past tense of xṣṣṣ is formed by adding the verb kan before it. You do do not conjugate conjugate kan if xṣṣṣ is followed followed by another another verb. If xṣṣṣ is followed by a noun, however, however, kan must agree in gender and number with that noun. Examples: I had to study yesterday. kan xṣ ṣṣni n-qra l-barн. . I needed a book. kan xṣ ṣni ktab. . I needed a ticket. kant xṣ ṣni wrqa. . I needed books. kanu xṣ ṣni ktub. .

Exercise:Write the expressions that go along with these signs using the verb xṣṣṣ.

Exercise:Answer the following question in Moroccan Arabic. šnu xṣṣṣk baš t-kun mutaṭawwi awwi najн?


The Verb “to want, to like”

The verb bġa translates into the English English “to want” and “to like.” When conjugated in the the past tense, the verb expresses “to want,” but with a present tense meaning (see page 35). 35 ). When When conjug conjugate atedd in the present present tense, the verb express expresses es “to like,” also with a present tense meaning. An example: kan-bġi atay b n-n na . I like mint tea. . When the verb is used with object pronouns (see page 53 53)) in the present tense, it means “to love” or “to like” someone. Examples: I love you / I like you. kan-bġik. . I love him / I like him. kan-bġih. . I love her / I like her. kan-bġiha. . When this verb is followed by another verb, the second verb is always conjugated in the present tense without the prefix ka (see page 68 68). ). Some examples: I like to drink coffee in the kan-bġi n-šrb l-qhwa f . morning. ṣ-ṣbaн. baн. He likes to read at night. kay-bġi y-qra b l-lil. . Because the past tense of bġa expresses a present tense meaning of “to want,” to express a past tense meaning of “to want,” you must first use a past tense conjugated form of the verb kan, followed by the past tense form of bġa. Examples: I wanted to leave early. knt bġit n-xrj bkri. . She wanted to tell him kant bġat t-gul lih ši нaja. . something.

Exercise:For each meal, write at least three sentences in which you express Moroccan food you like or dislike for breakfast, lunch, and dinner. l-fṭur

1. kan-bġi l-biḍ f l-fṭur ur 2. 3.

l- ša

l-ġda

1. 2. 3.

1. 2. 3.


Medical & Body Objective: By the end of the chapter, chapter, you will will be able to: to: • describe, in Darija, body parts and common illnesses

Body Parts

1

2

1 8

1 9

2 4 2 3

3

4 5

2 0 6

2 2

2 1 2 8

7

8 1 0 9

2 9 1 2 1 1

1. wjh 2. fmm šnu ndk? 3. lнya malek? 4. nq baš mriḍ5?. ktf 6. ṣdr šnu kay-ḍ rdra k? 7. rk? fiya s-sxana. 8. mrfq 9. /yḍdrbni fiya rwaн rdbni l-brd. 1 10. ṣb fiya 6 l-нlaqm. 11. ḍ fr ndi l-qbṭ 12/. krši krš qasнa. ndi l-нasasiya 13. fxd d . . . . . . kay-dir/kat-dir liya 14. rkba l-нasasiya. 5. gdm kay-ḍ rni rni1rasi. ka1t-ḍ rni wdni. 7 kan-нs b d-duxa. tjrнt. tнrqt.

Health Problems What’s wrong with you? What’s the matter? What ails you? 1 3 What aches? I have a fever I have a cold. 1 I have a sore throat. 4 I’m constipated. I’m allergic to...

I have a headache. My e1ar aches. I feel5dizzy. I’m injured. I’m burnt.

2 6

2 5

2 7

16. rjl 17. ṣb 18. š r 19. jbha 20. wdn 21. нnk 22. nif 23. in . 24. нjban / . 25. snan . 26. lsan . 27. šnayf / ... 28. muṣ taš .2.9.. lнya / . breast bzzula . . . . .

98 • Moroccan Arabic I have a toothache. My ... hurts. I vomit / throw up. I need to see a doctor.

kat-ḍ rni waнd ḍ -ḍ -ḍ rsa. kay-̣drni ... kan-tqiya. xṣ ṣni ni n-šuf ṭ-ṭ -ṭbib.

. ... . .


Dialogue Latifa: Amy: Latifa: Amy: Latifa: Amy: Latifa: Latifa: Amy: Latifa: Amy:

malek, yak labas? kaykay-dḍ rni krši. weš fik luj bzzaf? ay, bzzaf! ṣ bri bri šwya, ġadi n-ṭbx bx lik waнd waнd l-ka l-kass d z-z z-z tr, tr, dqq dqqaa bṭla! la! lla lla afak, ma-ymkn-š liya n-šr n-šrbb l-l- šu šub. b. waxxa, waxxa, kifaš kifaš ymkn ymkn liya liya nawnk? ttaṣ lili afak b had r-raqm d hay'at hay'at s-sala s-salam m baš baš yy- iyṭ iytụ liya. hiya l-luwla, ma-y-kun bas. ahla y-wrrik ši bas.

1. baš mriḍ a Amy? 2. weš ṭatha atha Laṭifa ifa ši dwa? 3. laš ma-bġa ma-bġat-š t-š Amy t-šrb t-šrb l- šub? šub? 4. weš mšat Amy nd ṭ-ṭ -ṭbib? bib? laš?

: .

: :

!

: :

! .

: : :

. . .

: :

1. 2. 3. 4.

Exercise:What might you say if you were the person in each picture?


Site Visit Expressions Here are some useful expressions you may need during your site visit.

My name is ... I am a volunteer with Peace Corps. I will be working here for two years at ... I’m going to spend two days with you (to host family). Where here is the the you youth th cent center er?? Where is the hospital / delegation? What is the name of the chief doctor? Where is the agriculture office? Where is the water and forest office? Where is the “handicraft center”? Where is is the po post of office? Please, I want to open a post box. What do I have to do? How much do I have to pay (a year)? Where is the bank, please? I want to open a bank account. Where is the Gendarme / police station, please? Can you please give me your phone number, please? (at Gendarme / police station) I want to get a “cart de sejour.” Is ther theree a ph phar arma macy cy here here?? Is there there a teleboutique teleboutique here? Do you sell cell phone cards? Which service is available here: Meditel or Maroc

smiti ... ana mutaṭawwi awwi a hay'at s-salam.

m

...

.

ġadi n-xdm hna amayn f ...

...

ġadi ġadi n-gl n-glss m akum akum yuma yumayn. yn.

.

fin kayn kaynaa ḍḍ ar š-šbab? fin kayn ṣ-ṣ -ṣbiṭ biṭar ar / l-mndubiya?

/

šnu smit l-midsan šef afak? fin kayn mktb l-filaнa afak? fin kayn mktb l-miyah u l-ġabat? fin kayna lartizana / ṣ-ṣina ina a t-tqlidiya afak? fin ka kayna l-l-bosṭa? a? lla y-xllik, bġit n-ftн bwaṭ pposṭal. al. šnu xṣ ṣni ni n-dir? šнal xṣṣṣni ni n-xlṣ (l l- am)? fin kayna l-banka afak? (lbnk š-š bi)

/

. (

) )

)

bġit n-ftн n-ftн konṭ kont ̣ bonkir. fin j-jondarm / l-kumisariya, afak?

. /

weš weš ymk ymknn lik lik t- ṭini ini rqm t-tilifun dyalkum, afak? bġit n-ṣawb awb la-karṭ d sijur. weš weš kay kaynn ši ši frm frmas asya yann hna hna?? weš kayn kayn ši ši tilibutik tilibutik hna? weš kat-bi la-karṭ d l-pporṭabl? abl? weš kayna Meditel wlla Maroc Telecom?

.

Peace Corps / Morocco • 101 Telecom? Is there cell phone reception weš kayn r-rizo? / coverage? Is there CTM (the bus weš kayn s-satyam? company)? What day/time is ašmn nhar/wqt kay-kun / transportation available? l-mrkub? Is ther theree a cyb cyber er caf caféé here here?? weš weš kayn kaynaa l-an l-ante tern rnet et hn hna? a? šнal нal b ida mn hna? na? How far is it from here? Which day is the souk? ašmn nhar kay-kun s-suq? Is there any association weš weš kay kayna na ši jm iya iya hna hna?? here? Ask your LCF for any other words or expressions you think you may need for site visit.

Moroccan Wisdom: . nqta ̣ ̣ b nqtạ kay-нml l-wad. Drop by drop the river rises. English equivalent: equivalent: Rome wasn’t built in a day.


Travel Objective: By the end of the chapter, chapter, you will will be able to: • describe future activities • identify means of transportation and use appropriate expressions for travel

Future Tense

Depending upon where you are in Morocco, people may form the future tense differently. Everyone Everyone in Morocco, however, should should understand understand you regardless regardless of which way you form the future tense.

Forming the Future Tense

To form f orm the future tense, take the present tense form, drop the prefix prefi x ka, and add ġadi. Thus: “to travel” safr I will travel ġadi n-safr you will travel (masc. ġadi t-safr sing.) you will travel (fem. ġadi t-safri sing.) he will travel ġadi y-safr she will travel ġadi t-safr we will travel ġadi n-safru you wi will tr travel (p (plur.) ġadi t-t-safru they will travel ġadi y-safru In some places, ġadi is also used with a feminine form, ġadya, and a plural form, case, the future tense would be as follows: ġadyin. In this case, “to travel” safr I will travel (masc.) ġadi n-safr I will travel (fem.) ġadya n-safr you will travel (masc. ġadi t-safr sing.) you will travel (fem. ġadya t-safri sing.) he will travel ġadi y-safr she will travel ġadya t-safr we will travel ġadyin n-safru you will travel (plur.) ġadyin t-safru they will travel ġadyin y-safru Sometimes, ġadi is contracted to ġa. The future tense in this case: case: “to travel” safr

Peace Corps / Morocco • 103 I will travel you will travel (masc. sing.) you will travel (fem. sing.) he will travel she will travel we will travel you will travel (plur.) they will travel

ġan-safr ġat-safr ġat-safri ġay-safr ġat-safr ġan-safru ġat-safru ġay-safru

Negation of the Future Tense

To form the negative of the future tense, add ma...š ( ... ) to ġadi, ġadya, or ġadyin. Will you travel? weš ġadi t-safr? No, I will not travel. lla, ma-ġadi-š n-safr. . To express “will never,” ne ver,” we do not use the future tense, but rather ma mmr ( ) and the present tense of a verb without the prefix ka. ma mmri n-kmi. I will never smoke. . We will never travel at night. ma mmrna n-safru b l-lil. . To express “not yet” when speaking about the future, use mazal ma ( ) or baqi ma ( ) with with the the futu future re tens tense. e. maza mazall ma ġady ġadyin in n-n n-n su su.. We will not go to bed yet. . I will not get married yet. baqi ma ġadi n-tzuwj. . For the remainder of the book, all of the different forms of the future tense will be used in order for you to become familiar with all of them.

Using the Participle ġadi to Mean “Going”

In English, we have two ways of expressing the future. I will speak to him tomorrow. I am going to speak to him tomorrow.

Both of these ways of expressing the future are expressed by the future tense in Moroccan Moroccan Arabic. In the following examples, examples, therefore, therefore, both English translat translations ions can be given for the Arabic expressions. What will I wear? What am I going to wear? šnu ġadi n-lbs? I will sleep. ġadi n-n s. . I am going to sleep. When the word ġadi is preceded by the conjugated past tense of the verb kan, “to be,” it indicates a past intention or a past future. Some examples: He was going to travel to kan ġadi y-safr l mirikan America, but he didn’t have welakin a visa. (i.e. he had . ma-kan-š ndu l-viza. intended...)

104 • Moroccan Arabic She was going to marry

t-tzuw uwjj l-l- am kant ġadya t-tz last year. (i.e. she had . l-li fat. planned...) The use of ġadi to indicate future or past future should be distinguished from its use as a participle to indicating that someone is literally “going” somewhere at the present momen momentt (or (or “w “was as going” going” at a past past momen moment) t).. In other other words, words, besid besides es its role as an “auxiliary verb” to indicate future, ġadi also acts as the active participle of the verb mša, “to go.” Thus, mša is used only to express a habitual action when it is conjugated in the present tense. To express a current action, the participle ġadi is used. I go to souk on Tuesdays. kan-mši l s-suq nhar t-tlat. . (habitual ) I am going to souk. ( now) ana ġadi l s-suq. . Where do you go every fin kat-mši kul weekend? weekend? (habitual ) Where are you going? ( now) fin ġa ġadi? This idea of a current, progressive action may also be expressed in the past, and should be distinguished, again, from the idea of past intention or past future that was discussed above. kan ġadi y-safr l mirikan He was going to travel to America, but he didn’t have welakin . ma-kan-š ndu l-viza. a visa. (past intention) He was going to souk when kan ġadi l s-suq mlli šaf he saw his friend. ( past ṣaнbu. aнbu. . progressive action ) I was not going to lie to you! ma-knt-š ġadi n-kdb lik! ! (negative past intention) I was not going to souk! (negative past ma-knt-š ġadi l s-suq! ! progressive action )


Time Expressions tomorrow ġdda b d ġdda day after tomorrow tomorrow morning ġdda f ṣ -ṣbaн baн ġdda da f l-l- šiya iya tomorrow afternoon/evening ġd next Saturday s-sbt j-jay / l-maji next week s-simana j-jaya / l-majya next month š-šhr j-jay / l-maji l- am j-ja j-jayy / l-ma l-majiji next year next summer ̣-ṣ s if j-jay / l-maji mn hna simana / šhr / am in a week / month / year one day / some day waнd nhar / ši nhar mn b d l-ġda / l- ša after lunch / dinner Some examples of the future tense using time expressions: weš ġadi t-mši l Are you going to go to the s-si s-sinim nimaa f l- šiya šiya?? cinema in the evening? No, I’m not going to go. I’m lla, ma-ġadi-š n-mši. ġadi n-n s šwiya. going to sleep a little bit. mn b d l-l- ša, ġa ġadi nn-qra After dinner, I’ll read my book. l-ktab dyali. nhar,, ġadya ġadya n-tk n-tkllm llm l-l- rbiya rbiya Someday, I (fem.) will speak ši nhar Arabic well. mzyan.

/ / / / / /

/ / /

.

. . .

Exercise:Put the verbs in parentheses in the future tense. Zahr Zahra: a: Chad: Zahra: Chad: Zahra: Chad:

fuqa fuqašš (nad (naḍ̣ ) ġdda? (faq) f 7:00. šnu (d (dar) mn mn b d? (fṭr) u (xrj). fin fin (m (mša) mn mn b d? (mša) l l-xdma dyali f 12:00. (tġdda) m a ṣṣ aнbi aнbi Tom f mṭ m s-salam. mn b d (rj ) l ( ḍ -ḍ -ḍ ar. ar. f 3:00 3:00 šwiy šwiyaa l- rbiya rbiya m a l-u l-usstad tad dya dyalili.. Zahra: weš (ja) (t šša) m ana ġdda inšallah? Chad Ch ad:: waxxa waxxa!! n-šufk n-šufkum um ġdda ġdda inšallah.

( ) (7:00 ( . ( ) ( ) ( ). ( ) ( ( ) .12:00

( )

. 3:00 (

.

: : : : : :

.

)( )

: ! .

:

Dialogue

Mohamed: fuqaš ġadya t-mši l l-нfla? Karla: Karla: ltnin ltnin f t-tmnya t-tmnya u nṣ nṣ. Mohame Mohamed: d: ašmn ašmn wqt ġadya ġadya t-tla t-tlaqay qay

: .

: :

106 • Moroccan Arabic l-ustad dyalk? Karla: t-tlat f j-juj u tulut. Mohamed: fuqaš ġadia t-šufi l-film? Karla: larb f t-ts ud u rb . Mohamed: fuqa fuqašš ġad ġadya ya t-l t-l bi t-ti t-tini nis? s? l-xmis is f r-r r-rbb a lla lla rub. rub. Karla: l-xm Mohamed: imta ġadya t-šufi ṭ-ṭ -ṭbib? l-нḍ aš nišan. Karla: j-jm a f l-нḍ Mohamed: iim mta ġadya t-tqday? Karla: s-sbt f l-xmsa ql xmsa. Mohamed Mohamed:: ašmn ašmn wqt ġadi ġadi y-xrj y-xrj t-tr t-tran an faš ġadya t-rkbi? Karla: l-нd l-нddd f l- šra šra ql qsm qsmay ayn. n.

.

: :

.

: :

.

: :

.

: :

.

: :

.

:

Exercise:Read the dialogue again quickly and write down Karla’s plan for the week (write down the times using numbers, not words). Then, write your own schedule for the upcoming week. What will will you be doing each day? At what time?

Travel

General Travel Information

Public transpor transportt in Morocco is both inexpensive inexpensive and easy to use. Between major major cities, trains are the quickest and most comfortable means of travel, although they can be crowded at certain times of year. Buses are the cheapest choice choice and can vary in terms of speed and comfort. Traveling Between Cities CTM: This is the national bus line, very comfortable, on schedule, seats are reserved and

can be purchas purchased ed in advance advance in most most places. places. Unaccompan Unaccompanied ied baggage baggage can be sent sent via CTM. Souk buses: In each large town town there is a bus station, station, such as Quamra Quamra in Rabat. Rabat. One can buy a ticket ticket one day in advance advance and fares fares are set. Sometim Sometimes es the ticket ticket is for a reserved seat, other times it is for whatever seat is open when the bus goes through town. A ticket does not necessarily mean there there is a real seat either. Sometimes there are additional additional places set-up set-up in the aisle. You have to bargain bargain for the price you pay for your luggag luggagee if this this gets stored stored on top of the bus. bus. The price price depend dependss upon the size of the piece. It is advisable advisable to carry smaller smaller pieces of luggage luggage you can store in the bus itself. itself. Souk Souk buses buses do not not alwa always ys leave leave or arrive arrive on time time.. They They may stop stop in the the midd middle le of nowhere. They may also stop in towns along the way looking for additional passengers. passengers. Train: There There are two class classes es:: firs firstt and and seco second nd.. The The pric pricee of any train train car car with with air conditi conditioni oning ng will be higher. higher. Someti Sometimes mes there are schedu schedule le changes, changes, but no available available printed printed timetables. timetables. Check to be sure that the the time you wish to travel is still accurat accurate. e. Train tickets can be bought in advance, and this is the only form f orm of local transportation on which you can buy a round-trip ticket. Grand taxis: This is for travel between between large towns and and cities. They carry carry 6 passengers and since the fare is per seat, if you want you can pay for empty seats so that the taxi leaves earlier. Ask the other passengers passengers in the car what the regular fare should be, do not

Peace Corps / Morocco • 107 ask the driver first. If you want to take the the entire taxi for yourself, ask for a taxi “coursa.” “coursa.” Baggage does not cost extra in a taxi. Pick-up truck (camio) : In some areas where no public transportation is available, people use their personal trucks to carry supplies to their douars, they also take passengers at a rate that they determine themselves. Airport transportation: There are airport buses and trains which run from Rabat Ville to the the Casa Casabla blanc ncaa airp airpor ort. t. Ther Theree are are also also airp airpor ortt bu buse sess wh whic ichh conn connec ectt the the airpo airport rt to Casablanca but from Rabat/Sale airport there are only taxis. Travel Within Cities

passengers. The fare is Petit taxis: Every city has petit taxis which can carry up to three passengers.

calculated by meter. When you get in the the taxi, ask ask that the meter be turned on. If there is no meter, or if it does not work, ask ask the price before you begin. Since the taxi can take 3 passengers, if you are the only one getting getting in, he can pick up other passengers. passengers. If you are the second second or third third person person entering entering the taxi, ask the price price for your your trip. trip. At night (usually by 8 pm) until sunrise, the fare is 50% more than the daytime fare. Chariots: In very small villages, the chariots are used to get people to the weekly souk or to towns on the main road, where larger transportation is available for farther distances.

Travel Expressions ṭ-ṭ -ṭaxi axi Where is the taxi stand? fin blaṣ a ṭ-ṭ -ṭaxiyat? axiyat? wṣṣṣlni lni afak l... Please take me to... n-mši l had had l- unwan. unwan. I want to go to this address. bġit n-mši Please wait a minute for me. tsnnani afak šwiya. šнal afak? How much, please? Turn on the meter, please. xddm l-kuntur afak. wqf hna afak. Stop here, please. small taxi (petit taxi, inside ṭaxi axi ṣġir ġir city) large taxi (grand taxi, b/w ṭaxi axi kbir cities) Is there a seat to ... weš kayna ši blaṣ a l... Yes, there is. iyeh, kayna. How many seats are šнal mn blaṣa kayna deba? reserved so far? rb a u nti nti l-x l-xam amssa. Four and you are the fifth. I wa want to to pa pay fo for 2 seat eats. bġit n-xlls xllṣ̣ ju blayyṣ . juj bla taxi driver muḷ taxi taxi driver š-šifur d ̣ taxi baggage l-bagaj trunk l-kufr city bus ṭ-ṭ -ṭobis obis city bus depot / stop maнṭ tat ạ t ṭ-ṭ -tobisat ọ bisat Wher Wh eree does does bus #... ... stop? top? fin fin kaykay-wq wqff ṭ-ṭ -ṭobis rqm...? weš kay-wqf ṭ-ṭ -ṭobis obis rqm... Does bus #... stop here? taxi

... . . . .

... . . .

... ...

108 • Moroccan Arabic hna? weš had ṭ-ṭ -ṭobis obis kay-duz Does this bus go by ... ? la...? Which bus do I need to take ašmn ṭobis obis xṣṣsni ̣ni n-axud ila if I want to go to ... ? bġit n-mši l...? Can you stop here? weš ymkn lik t-wqf hna? last stop / terminus t-tirminus driver š-šifur ticket taker r-rusuvur l-kar bus (between cities) bus station maн̣ ttat ạ t l-kiran Which bus is going to ... ? ašmn kar ġadi l...? When does the bus leave fuqaš kay-xrj l-kar l...? to ... ? When does the bus arrive fuqaš kay-wṣl l-kar l...? to ...? I want a ticket to ... bġit waнd l-wrqa l...? How much is the ticket bšнal l-wrqa l...? to ... ? I want to keep my bag with bġit n-dir ṣ-ṣ -ṣak dyali нdaya. me. lna l... gulha liya. Tell me when we arrive to ... afak ila wṣlna driver š-šifur driver’s assistant l-grisun How long long will will you you stop stop here? here? šнal šнal ġadi ġadi t-bqa t-bqa hna? hna? Is this seat empty? weš had l-blaṣ a xawya? t-tran / l-qiṭar ar train train station lagar / maнṭ tat ạ t l-qiṭar ar Is there a train to ... weš kayn ši tran l...? Where do they sell the fin kay-q kay-qṭṭ u l-wra l-wraqq afak? afak? tickets, please? Can I reserve a sleeper car weš ymkn liya n-rizirvi kušiṭ l to Oujda? wjda? I want to keep the ticket. bġit n-нtafḍb l-wrqa.

... ...

... ... ... ... ... . ...

.

/ / ...

.

Dialogue šnu ġadya t-diri? Doha: šnu ġadya t-diri s-simana j-jaya? Jill: ġadya n-safr l Marrakech. Doha: faš ġadya t-mši? Jill: f t-tran wlla f s-satyam

. .

: : : :

Peace Corps / Morocco • 109 Doha: Doha: Jill: Doha: Jill: Doha: Jill: Doha Doha:: Jill:

(CTM). fuqaš fuq aš ġad ġadya ya t-xrj t-xrjii mn Rabat? ġadya n-xrj f t-tmnya u nṣ d ṣ-ṣbaн. baн. fin ġadya t-glsi f Marrakech? f loṭil. šnu ġadya t-diri tmma? ġadya n-tsara: ġadya n-mši l jam l-fna u qṣr l-bdi ... iwa, iwa, ṭriq s-slama. lla y-slmk.

1. šnu bġat t-dir djil? 2. weš ġadya t-mši l Fes? 3. weš ġadya t-mši f l-kar? 4. fin ġadya t-gls? 5. fin kayna jam l-fna?

: . . :

... . . 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

: : : : : : :


At the Hotel Objective: By the end of the chapter, chapter, you will will be able to: • look for and use hotel accommodation • use conditional sentences to express possible and impossible conditions

Hotel Accommodation

Hotels are classified classified into categories categories from 0 (non-classifi (non-classified) ed) to 5-star hotels. hotels. There is a reduction reduction of 25% on the second day for Moroccans Moroccans and foreign residents residents in Morocco, but only in classified hotels.

Vocabulary and Expressions the hotel the reception desk room Is there an inexpensive hotel around here? Where is a nice hotel? Please take me to a hotel (to a taxi driver). A room for one person (a single). A room for two people. Do you have a room available? Is there a shower with hot water? What’s the price for the room? Can I see the room? Which floor? Is breakfast included? I’ll stay for 2 nights. Wake me up at ... please.

lọ til larisipsyun bit / šambr

/

weš kayn ši oṭilil rxiṣ hna? fin kayn ši oṭ ilil mzyan? wṣṣṣlni lni l ši oṭilil afak.

.

bit dyal fraš waнd.

.

bit dyal juj d n-nas.

.

weš ndkum ši bit xawi? weš kayn d-duš b l-ma s-sxun? šнal t-taman dyal l-bit? weš ymkn liya n-šuf l-bit? ašmn ̣ tbqa? weš l-fṭur u r mнs mнsub m a l-b l-bit it?? ġadi n-gls juj lilat. fiyqni f ... afak

. ...

Dialogue Jack u Amanda f loṭilil Jack u Amanda: s-salamu alaykum mul loṭil: il: wa alaykum s-salam Jack: weš kayn ši šambr? mul loṭil: il: iyeh, kayn dyal fraš waнd kbir u kayn dyal juj frašat. Jack: bġina dyal fraš waнd u fih l-нmmam. mul loṭil: mrнba.

: . . .

: :

: :

:

Peace Corps / Morocco • 111 Jack: mul loṭil: i l: Aman Amanda da:: mul loṭil: i l: Amanda: mul loṭil:

bšнal lila wнda? 140 dr drhm. weš l-ma l-ma sxu sxun? n? iyeh iyeh a lall lalla. a. waxxa. ṭina ina šambr. mmru ha had l-l-wraq, afakum. ktbu liha s-sm s-smya ya,, l- un unwa wan, n, u rqm rqm l-paspor. Jack: tfḍ l a sidi. mul loṭil: il: šukran, ha s-sarut dyal l-bit. 156 f ṭ-ṭ -ṭbqa bqa l-luwla. 1. fin mša Jack u Amanda? 2. šнal mn bit bġau? 3. šнal t-taman dyal l-bit? 4. weš rxiṣ had loṭil? il? 5. šnu xṣṣshum ̣hum y-diru baš y-glsu f had loṭil? il?

140

:

.

:

. . .

.

: :

:

:

. .

.

:

:

156. 156. 1. 3. 4.

2.

5.

The Conditional

There are two basic types of conditional sentences in Moroccan Arabic depending on whether the “if clause” represents a possible condition or a contrary-to-fact/impossible condition.

Type I Conditional: A Possible Condition in the Present/Future

The word ila ( ) is equivalent equivalent to the the English English “if.” It introdu introduces ces a possible possible condit condition ion only. only. This type of conditional sentence is composed of the simple past plus the future, or sometim sometimes es the simple simple past past plus the imperativ imperative. e. This This is used used in the same same context context as English to express a future probable condition. If he comes tomorrow, tell ila ja ja ġdda, ġdda, gul gul lih lih y- iyṭ iyṭ liya. liya. . him to call me. If I don’t come on time, go ila ma-jit-š f l-wqt, sir. . without me. If I see him, I’ll tell (it to) ila šftu, ġadi n-gulha lih. . him. If she finishes the work on ila kmmlat l-xdma f l-wqt, time, we’ll give her some ġadi n- ṭiuha iuha l-flus. . money. ila ṭlbtiha lbtiha mnha (ġadi) tIf you ask her for it, she’ll ( ) ṭiha iha lik. give it to you. . If you go to the post office ila mšiti l l-bosṭa, a, jib liya juj bring me two stamps. tnabr. .

Exercise:Put the verbs in parentheses in the correct form. 1. ila huma (ṭlb) lb) mnk l-flus, (mša (mša)) m ahum ahum l l-ba l-bank nka. a. 2. ila ana (safr), (jab) kadu. 3. ila nta ma (lqa) {huma} f ḍ-ḍ ḍ -ḍ ar, ar, ( iyṭ ) liya.

1.

(

) 2.

3.

(

)

( (

)

) ( ) { }( )

. . .

112 • Moroccan Arabic 4. ila ana (xsr), ma-ymkn-š liya (ṣifṭ ifṭ) liha l-flus. 5. ila nta (ja) ndi, ana ( ṭ a) a) {nta} t-tṣawr. awr.

4. 5.

(

)

{ }(

( )

) ( )

. .

Type II Conditional: An Impossible Condition Condi tion in the Past/Present The word w ord kun ( ) is us used ed in in the the sec secon ondd type type of of cond condititio iona nal.l. It also also is equ equiva ivalen lentt to to the the English “if.” This word introduces two two different types of contrary-to-fact conditionals. The firstt kind refers to past circum firs circumsta stance ncess which did not occur. occur. For example, example, “if we had worked,” which implies that we did not work. The second second refers refers to present present but but unreal unreal circumstanc circumstances. es. For example, example, “if I were rich,” which which implies that that I am not rich. General context is the decisive factor in determining whether present or past contrary-to-fact conditions are referred to. kun kanu ndi l-flus, kun If I had the money, I’d go with you. mšit m akum. . If someone had told me, I kun ši waнd galha liya, kun would have come to see jit n-šufk. . you. If he were working here, I kun kan kay-xdm hna, would have told you. kun gltha lik. . If it hadn’t been for me, he kun ma-knt-š ana, . would have drowned. kun ġrq. If it were not for her, we kun ma-kant-š hiya, wouldn’t be eating. kun ma-knna-š n-aklu. .

Exercise:Substitute ila with kun and make the necessary changes. 1. ila safrt, ġadi n-gls f loṭil. 2. ila mšiti l Marrakech, zur jam l-fna. 3. ila nsiti, ġan-fkkrk. 4. ila kant šms nhar l-нdd j-jay, ġan-mšiu l l-bнr. 5. ila ila t lmt lmti l- rbiy rbiyaa mzya mzyan, n, ġadi t-kun mutaṭawwi awwi najн. 6. ila ma-нtarmti-š qanun s-sayr, ġadi t-jibha f rask.

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

. . . . . .


At the Post Office Objective: By the end of the chapter, chapter, you will will be able to: to: • buy stamps and send letters and parcels • use prepositions correctly with verbs

The Post Office

Stamps Stamps are available at tobacco tobacco stores in addition addition to the post office. office. It is best to mail your letters at the mail slot outside the post office since pick-ups can be infrequent at other mail boxes. When sending packages out of the country, you are required to fill out a customs customs declarat declaration ion form. Be sure to leave the package package open because because an official official is required to see the contents before it is sealed.

Vocabulary

post of office l-bosṭa envelope jwa letter bra

address

ladrisa l- unwan kạ rt pposṭal al

stamp

tanbr

stamps registered letter postman post box box (for a package)

tnabr

post card money order package

bra rikomandi

normal

l-faktur bwaṭ pposṭ al

express customs

ixpres d-diwana

karṭona

tape

s-skotš

glue

ḷ saq

Verbs to send to paste to fill in (a form)

̣ sịft lṣ ṣq

l-manḍ a kulya adi

to close / seal šdd to receive tw ̣ sṣl b

mmr

Expressions I want a stamp for the US / Morocco please. I want to send this letter / this package. How much will I pay to send this...? How much time will it take for it to arrive to ... ? Why don’t letters arrive quickly?

bġit waнd t-tanbr dyal mirikan / l-mġrib afak. bġit n-ṣifṭ ifṭ had l-bra / had l-kulya. bšнal ġadi n-ṣifṭ ifṭ had ... ? šнal d l-wqt kay-xṣ baš t-wṣl l ... ? laš l-brawat ma-kay-wṣlu-š lu-š dġiya.

/

. /

.

... ... .


Dialogue f l-bosṭa Judy: bġit t-tnabr, lla y-xllik. lmuwḍ fin ġadya t-ṣifṭ ifṭi l-brawat? ḍ af: af: Judy: bġit n-ṣifṭ ifṭ wнda adiya l mirikan u wнda rikumandi hna f l-mġrib. lmuwḍ waxxa a lalla, ndk 22.50 drhm. 22.50 ḍ af: af: Paul: ana bġit n-ṣifṭ ifṭ kulya l mirikan. lmuwḍ ara n-šuf šnu fiha. ḍ af: af: Paul: hak a sidi. lbu afak. muwḍ mmr had l-mṭbu ḍ af: af: ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ lifṭha ha adi wlla ixpres? muwḍ weš t-ṣifṭ ḍ af: af: Paul: ġir adi afak. lmuwḍ waxxa a sidi, ndk 250 drhm. 250 ḍ af: af: Paul & šukran, bslama. Judy: lmuwḍ lla y- awn. ḍ af: af: 1. šnu kat-dir Judy f l-bosṭa? 2. weš bġat t-ṣifṭ ifṭ l-brawat ixpres? 3. šnu bġa y-ṣ ifṭ ifṭ Paul? 4. šnu xṣṣṣu y-dir?

.

: : :

. .

:

. .

: :

. .

: :

: . .

: :

. .

: :

1. 2. 3. 4.

Exercise:Make as many sentences as you can using the following words. You may need to add some of your own words. mšit

bġau

šra

ṃ anda

mša

bġina

šaf

kulya

xda

tnabr

mšat

l l-boṣta

la нqqaš bġit

Peace Corps / Morocco • 115 mšina

bġat

mšau

bġa

m ši t u

bġitu

̣ sif̣ t ̣

srf

mirikan bwaṭ pposṭal al

Using Prepositions with Pronoun Endings & Verbs

Lear Learni ning ng how how to us usee prepo preposi sitition onss corr correc ectltlyy can can somet sometim imes es be tric tricky. ky. Firs First, t, the prepositions prepositions don’t don’t always correspond correspond directly to English prepositions prepositions . Thus, Thus, at different different times in Moroccan Arabic we will use different prepositions for what would be the same preposition preposition in English. English. Second, Second, prepositions prepositions sometimes sometimes change in meaning depending depending upon the verb they are are used with. This is true in English, too: She spoke on the rights of homeless people. ( on on means “on the subject of”) I put the book on the table. ( on on means “on top of”)

With these challenges, it may take awhile for you to be a master of Darija prepositions. But with continued use and exposure, they will become become natural natural for you, just as greetings are now natural for you. In this section, we will look at two aspects aspects of prepositions: 1. how to conn connec ectt prep prepos osit itio ions ns with with pron pronou ounn endi ending ngs, s, and and 2. wh whic ichh verb verbss us usee cert certai ainn prepositions. Some prepositions you have already learned (such as dyal) simply add the normal pronoun endings (ex. dyali, dyalk , etc.). etc.). The following following prepositi prepositions, ons, however, however, change change slightly when pronoun endings are added: to / for l la on / about m a with in / at / about f with / by b

The Preposition “l”

The preposition l ( ) often often means means “to” “to” (ex. (ex. I gave gave someth somethin ingg to you) or “for” (ex. I did something for you) you).. It may also be us used ed with certa certain in verbs verbs simp simply ly to expres expresss the the meaning of the verb; in these cases, it doesn’t translate into anything in English. To add the pronoun endings: to / for l to / for me liya / li / to / for you lik (sing.) to / for him lih / lu / to / for her l i ha to / for us lina to / for for you you (plur (plur.) .) liku likum m to / for them l i h um

116 • Moroccan Arabic Some verbs that go with this preposition: excuse smн l send (to) ̣ sifṭ (l) explain (to) fssr (l) ) ) bring (to) jab (l) be possible possible say (to) gal (l) ) ) to ymkn (l) (for...)

) ) )

) ) )

Some examples: ṣifṭ ifṭat at bra Kristin sent a letter to Chad. lKristin . Chad. Kristin sent a letter to him. Kristin ṣ ifṭat at bra lih. . Thomas bought a present Thomas šra waнd l-kadu for Jessica on her birthday. l Jessica f id l-milad dyalha. . Thomas bought it for her. Thomas šrah liha. . Excuse me. smн liya. . f o r m )e talk Can I (i.e. (i.e. is it p ossible weš ymkn liya n-hḍ r m ak? with you? I can’t (i.e. f o r m )e (i.e. it is not p ossible ma-ymkn-š liya n-xrj deba. . go out now. As you can see in the example “Excuse me” above, sometimes the Arabic verb requires the preposition preposition in order to be equivalent to the English English verb. In these cases, cases, the English translation doesn’t have a preposition, but the Arabic still requires it.

The Preposition “ la” The preposition la is used with many verbs and expressions, and as a result it translates into many English English prepositions prepositions,, including: including: “on,” “about,” “about,” “to,” “at,” “at,” and others. With pronoun endings: la on (and others) liya on me lik on you (sing.) lih on him liha on her lina on us likum on you (plur.) lihum on them Some verbs that go with this preposition: daf la kdb ( la) defend lie (to) ) ) look/search qllb ( la) ḍ нk ( la) ) ) laugh (at) ) ) (for) to love (i.e. llm ( la) la) speak (about) tkllm ) ) to be dying mat ( la) ) ) for) In the first verb, “defend,” the preposition la does not have an English translation since it is required required in order to translat translatee the Arabic Arabic verb into into “defend.” “defend.” In the second second verb,

Peace Corps / Morocco • 117 “look/search,” however, the preposition la is basically equivalent to the English “for.” Some examples: Did we talk about the role weš tkllmna la d-dawr dyal of Peace Corps in Morocco? hay'at s-salam f l-mġrib? iyeh, tkllmna lih. Yes, we talked about it. . Are you looking for a house weš kat-qllb la ḍ ar ar l l-kra? to rent? iyeh, kan-qllb liha. Yes, I’m looking for one. . I love (am dying for) pizza. kan-mut la l-pitza. . kan-mut liha I love it. ma-tkdb-š liya. Don’t lie to me. . kay-ḍ нk нk liya. He’s laughing at me. .

The Preposition “m a” The preposition m a almost always translates translates into the the English “with.” With pronouns: m a with m aya with me with you (sing.) m ak m ah with him m aha with her m ana with us with you (plur.) m akum m ahum with them Some verbs that go with this preposition: (m a) laugh (with) ḍ нk (m a) ) ) meet (with) tlaqa (m ) be helpful t awn (m a) bqa (m a) ) ) stay (with) ) (with) shake hands tsalm (m a) ) ) argue (with) txaṣm (m a) ) (with) Some examples: I met (with) Samir in the tlaqit m a Samir f l-bosṭa. a. post office. I met (with) him in the post tlaqit m ah f l-bosṭa. a. office. нk m ak ! I’m just kidding! (with you) ġir kan-ḍ нk bġiti t-mši l s-sinima m Would you like to come to aya? the movies with me?

) ) )

. . !

The Preposition “f ” Like la, the preposition f has many different English translations, including: “in,” “about,” “at,” “on,” and and others. When used with pronouns:

118 • Moroccan Arabic in f in me fiya in you (sing.) fik in him fih in her fiha in us fina in you (plur.) fikum in them fihum Some verbs that go with this preposition: ask (about)

suwl (f)

)

) participate šark (f) (in) ) take care (of) thlla (f)

)

)

think (about) fkkr (f) ) ) ) talk (about) a hḍ r (f) ) ) trust (in) taq (f) ) ) person Some examples: I came over (asked about suwlt fik l-barн, welakin mayou) yesterday, but I didn’t lqitk-š. . find you. We trusted (in) him, but he tqna fih, u ġdr bina. . betrayed us. Take care of yourself. thlla f rask. . This preposition, with pronouns, can also also have the meaning of the verb “to be.” fiya j-j-ju . I am hungry. . fiya l- ṭš. š. I am thirsty. . He has a fever. fih s-sxana. . And sometimes it takes the meaning of “to have” in the expression “to have in it/them.” had ḍ -ḍ -ḍ ar ar fiha xmsa d This house has five rooms. l-byut. .

The Preposition “b”

The preposition b usually has the meaning of “with” (I eat with my hands), but can also be used for: “by,” “in,” “about,” “about,” “for,” and others. With pronouns: with b with me biya with you (sing.) bik with him bi h with her biha with us bina with you (plur.) bikum with them bi h um

Peace Corps / Morocco • 119 Some verbs that go with this preposition: believe (in) amn (b) ) ) marry (with) tzuwj (b) dream нlm (b) ) ) welcome rннb b (about) want to be be responsible tkllf (b) ) ) separated sxa (b) (from) (for) Some examples: She married (with) him last tzuwjat bih l- am l-li l-li fat. fat. year. They welcomed me into their rннbu biya f ḍ arhum. house. I dreamed about him. нlmt bih.

)

)

)

)

. . .

Exercise:Replace the underlined nouns with the corresponding pronouns. Sometimes you will need to use a preposition and pronoun together. Example: l-qṭ kla l-нut.

l-qṭ klah.



1. Tony To ny šrb šr b l-нlib l- нlib . 2. Ahmed šra ṭumubil. umubil. 3. l-mutaṭawwi awwi in mšau l s-suq. 4. Laṭifa ifa ddat dda t d-drari -dr ari l l-md l- mdra rasa sa . 5. weš nsiti l-magana f ḍ -ḍ -ḍ ar? ar? 6. Greg ṭa l-flus l-f lus l Amy. Amy . 7. d-dr d-drar arii saf safru ru m a ṣṣ нabhum. нabhum. 8. Sara S ara ma-kat ma- kat-ak -akulul-šš l-lн l -lнm. 9. sllm la mwalin ḍ -ḍ -ḍ ar. ar. 10. Jerry kay-xaf mn Tom.

4.

3.

1. 2.

5. 6. 7.

8. 9. 10.

Exercise:Make all of the above verb forms negative.

. . . . . . . . .


Describing the Peace Corps Mission Objective: By the end of the chapter, chapter, you will will be able to: • talk about the three goals of Peace Corps • describe your job in Morocco

Peace Corps

Text

šnu hiya hay'at s-salam?

hay'at s-salam munḍ ḍḍama ama amrikiya kat-ṣifṭ ifṭ mutaṭawwi awwi in l d-duwa d-duwall n-nam n-namiya iya u l-ahd l-ahdaf af dyalha hiya: 1. t-t t-t awn t-ti t-tiqn qnii 2. l-mirik l-mirikanin anin y-fhmu y-fhmu mzyan mzyan š-šu š-šu ub 2. l-li staḍ fath fathum um u y- rr rrfu fu b dik dik š-šu -šu ub f miri mirika kann 3. š-šu š-šu ub l-mu l-must stad aḍ̣ ifa нtta hiya t-t t-t rrf rrf la l-mir l-mirika ikani niyin yin..

:

1. 3.

.

Vocabulary and Expressions organization developing nations goals technical help peoples to host to inform host (adjective)

muṇdḍ ama ama d-duwal n-namiya ahdaf t-t t-t awn awn t-ti t-tiqn qnii š-šu ub sṭadf rrf mustaḍ if(a)

)

The Three Goals Of The Peace Corps To help people of interested countries and areas in meeting their needs for trained men and women; To help promote a better understanding of the American people on the part of the peoples served; To help promote a better understanding of other peoples on the part of the American people.

)


Yo Y o u t h D e v e l o p m e n t Dialogue

Susan: s-salamu alaykum. Jamila: wa alaykum s-salam. šнal hadi u nti f l-mġrib? Susa Su san: n: amay amaynn u ġad ġadya ya n-gl n-glss hna hna amayn wlla tlt snin inšallah. Jamila: šnu kat-diri? Susa Su san: n: ana ana mut mutat aṭạ wwi a m a hay'at s-salam u ġan-xdm f ḍ ar ar š-šbab. Jamila: šnu ġat-diri b ḍ -ḍ -ḍ bṭ bṭ? Susan: Susan: ġadya ġadya n-qrri n-qrri n-ngl n-nglizi iziya ya u ġadya n-dir mašari m a j-jm iyat u ay нaja l-li ndha alaqa alaqa m a tnm tnmiya iyatt š-š š-šba bab. b. Jamila: iwa tbark lla lik a lalla. Susa Su san: n: lla y-b y-bar arkk fik. fik.

. .

: : :

. :

:

. :

: . . .

: :

Vocabulary and Expressions

youth development tnmiyat š-šbab youth center ̣ dar š-šbab alaqa exactly b ḍ -ḍ ḅ t relationship mšru project* association jam iya mašari projects associations jam iyat activity* našạ t director m u di r activities anšiṭ a anything ay нaja * In Morocco, the word for “project” suggests to some Moroccans an undertaking that requires money. The word for “activity” does not have this connotation. connotation. You will often be safer, therefore, using the word for “activity,” since most of what you do will not based upon major grants or fundraising.


Environment

Text

smiti smiti Judy Judy.. ana ana kan-xd kan-xdm m m a brnama brnamajj l-bi'a l-bi'a d hay'at s-salam. l-muhima dyali hiya n-šuf kifaš faš n-na -nas kay kay-t amlu m a ṭṭ-ṭ -ṭabi a. kan-gul l n-nas u t-turis l-li kay-zuru lipark baš ma-y-luнu-š z-zbl f ay blaṣa. a. u y-нafḍ u la l-bi'a mn t-talawut. u baš n-nas ma-y-qṭ ma-y-qṭ u-š š-šjr š-šjr u y-нafḍ y-нafḍ u la l-ġa l-ġaba ba.. kan-н kan-нaw awll n-šu n-šuff m ahum ahum ši ši ṭuruq uruq xora baš y-t y-tiybu ị ybu u ma-y-sthlku-š bzzaf d l-нṭb u kan-dir mašari m a j-jam iyat f majal l-muнafaḍ l-muнafaḍ a l l-bi'a u t-tnmiyat l l- umum.

. .

.

.

l-bi'a brnamj t aml (m a) ṭabi a z-zbl нafḍ la t-tulwut š-šjr

)

forest ) ways ̣ firewood field / domain in general to cut to consume

. .

Vocabulary and Expressions environment program to deal (with) nature trash to protect pollution trees

.

ġaba turuq l-нṭ b ma majal l l- umum qṭ sthlk


Health Dialogue

Sumiya: s-salamu alaykum. Christine: wa alaykum s-salam. . Sumiya Sumiya:: šftk šftk l-barн l-barн f ṣ-ṣbiṭ biṭar. ar. weš nti frmliya? Christine: lla maši frmliya u maši ṭbiba. biba. Sumiya: šnu xdmtk? Chri Ch rist stin ine: e: kankan-tk tkllllm m m a n-na n-nass la ṣннthum ннthum u ṣннt ннt wladhum. weš kat- ṭihum ihum d-dwa? Sumiya: weš Chri Ch risstin tine: ma-k ma-kaan- ṭihum-š ihum-š d-dwa u makan-dir-š libra. kan-gul l n-nas šnu xṣṣshum ̣hum y-diru baš . ma-y-mrḍ u-š u-š huma wlla wladhum. u kan-hḍ r m ahum la l-'ahammiya dyal d-dwa d l-bir, u bit l-ma u ġsil l-yddin u d-dwa d l-krš. Sumiya Sumiya:: mzyan. mzyan. had had š-ši š-ši muhim. muhim. u ṣaнbtk aнbtk šnu kat-dir? Christine: Christine: kat-gul kat-gul lihum lihum y-jlbu y-jlbu l wladhum wladhum baš ma-y-mrḍ u-š u-š u kat-šrн lihum šnu xṣṣshum ̣hum y-diru ila mabġau-š y-wldu bzzaf u kat-nṣн l- yalat yalat l-нa l-нamlat mlat baš y-mšiu y-mšiu l ṣ-ṣ -ṣbiṭ biṭar. ar. Sumiya Sumiya:: had š-ši š-ši mzyan. mzyan. tbar tbarkk lla likum. Christine: lla y-bark fik.

Vocabulary and Expressions health

. .

.

ṣ-ṣ biṭar ar

nurse

l-frmli(ya)

)

doctor to be sick medicines the shot

̣ t-ṭbib(a) mṛ d d-dwa libra

)

:

: :

:

:

. : .

. .

.

:

: :

.

. . .

̣ ̣-ss ннa

health clinic

:

the importance l-'ahammiya (water) l-bir ) the well ) diarrhea l-krš to immunize jlb to give birth wld pregnant нamla

: :


Small Business Development

Dialogue

Chris: l-m llm: llm: Chris: l-m llm: Chris: Chr is:

l-m llm: Chris: Chr is:

l-m l-m llm: llm: Chris: Chr is: l-m llm: Chris:

s-salamu alaykum. wa alay alayku kum m s-s s-sala alam. smн li n-qddm lik rasi. sm iyeh, tfḍ ḍḍl a sidi. smiti smiti Chris, Chris, ana ana mutaṭ mutaṭawwi awwi m a hay hay'a 'att s-s s-sal alam am u jit jit hn hnaa baš baš n- awn awn l-mu l-muqa qawa wala latt ṣ-ṣ -ṣġira. ġira. u kifaš ġat- awnha? f bzzaf bzzaf d l-нwa l-нwayj, yj, bнal bнal l-нisabat u l-'išhar u t-tswiq. matalan kan-ṣawbu awbu lakart d vizit l l-muqawala u kan- ṭ iuha iuha smiya u kan-šhhru l-mntuj dyalha f linternet. had had š-š š-šii mum mumta tazz wel welak akin in baš baš ġat-stafd had l-muqawala? ġat-st ġat-stafd afd нit нit ġat-b ġat-bii s-sl a dyalha f l-mġrib u f l-xarij. mzyan. lla y- awnk. šukran a sidi.

. . . .

: : : : :

. : :

. .

:

.

. . .

Vocabulary and Expressions small small busin business ess devel developm opment ent tnmiyat tnmiyat l-muqaw l-muqawala alatt ṣ-ṣ -ṣġira ġira enterprise / l-muqawala products firm accountancy l-нisabat merchandise advertisemen l-'išhar business card t to advertise šhhr abroad to advertise marketing t-tswiq the products

l-mntuj s-sl a lakart d vizit l-xarij šhhr b l-mntuj

: : :


Renting a House Objective: By the end of the chapter, chapter, you will will be able to: to: • speak about renting and furnishing houses

Finding a House Vocabulary building / block of flats floor apartment house stairs elevator balcony rental agent (in cities) living room bedroom bathroom

imara ̣ tbqa brṭ ma ma ̣ dar druj sansur balkun

bath

l-нmmam

s-smṣar

shower

d-duš

ṣ alun bit n-n as bit l-ma / ṭwaleṭ waleṭ

kitchen neighbor

l-kuzina jar(a)

neighbors

jiran

/

) )

Expressions I’m looking for a house to rent. Can you sh show itit to me me? Where is it located? Give me directions to it. Can I see it? How many rooms does it have? Is the the roo rooff for com commo monn use? use?

kan-qllb la ši ḍ ar ar l l-kra. weš ymkn lilik t-t-wrriha liliya? ašmn blaṣ a? n t liya fin jat. weš ymkn liya n-šufha? šнal fiha mn bit? weš s-st s-sṭн̣ mšr uk? mšruk?

.

.


Dialogue Mark: l-нaj: Mark: Mark: l-нaj: l-нaj: Mark Mark::

l-нaj: l-нaj: Mark: Mark: l-нaj: l-нaj: Mark: Mark: l-нaj:

Mark: Mark: l-нaj: l-нaj:

: : :

s-salamu alaykum wa alaykum s-salam weš weš kayna kayna ši ḍḍ ar ar l l-kra? weš bġit bġitii maнal maнal kbir wlla ṣġir? ġir? bġit ġit ḍ ar ar mtwssṭa, a, y-kun fiha ṣalun alun u bit bit n-n n-n as u d-d d-duš uš u kuzina u kat-dxl liha š-šms u y-kun s-sṭн dyali b-wнdi. kayna kayna wнda wнda welakin welakin t-tama t-tamann dyalha 20.000 ryal. lla bzz bzzaf af liya, liya, laнqqa laнqqašš ana ġir b-wнdi u ma-ġadi-š n-qdr n-xllṣ had t-taman. šнal šнal bġit bġitii t-xll t-xllṣṣ? 10.0 10 .000 00 ryal ryal.. iwa f had ss-sa a ma-mujuda-š ši нaja b dak t-taman. welakin mrra mrra rj ndi, ila lqit ši нaja ġadi n- lmk. waxxa waxxa a sidi, sidi, bara barakk lla u fik. fik. lla lla y-bar y-barkk fik. fik.

1. laš mša Mark nd l-нaj? 2. weš bġa ḍ ar ar kbira wlla ḍ ar ar ṣġira? 3. šnu bġa y-kun f had ḍ-ḍ ḍ -ḍ ar? 4. weš šaf Mark ḍ -ḍ -ḍ ar ar l-li hḍ r liha l-нaj? 5. laš ma-kraha-š? 6. weš kayna ši ḍ ar ar xora rxṣ mn hadi? 7. fuqaš ġadi y-rj Mark nd l-нaj?

: : . 20.000.

: . 10.000

chair bed pillow

kursi namusiya mxdda / usada

. . 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

/

: : :

.

House Furniture ̣ tbla

.

.

Furnishing a House table

:

radio / tape recorder television electric outlet light bulb

musjjala tlfaza priz bola

: :

Peace Corps / Morocco • 127 floor mat rug carpet blanket curtain sheet Moroccan sofa couch

Kitchenware

нṣ ira zrbiya muḳ it manṭ a / kaša xamiya izar

/

electric cord x̣ it d ḍ -ḍ -ḍ ow ow šm a candle iron m ̣ s luн / нdida key / switch sarut broom ̣štaba squeegee jbbada / jfafa

ponj

water heater ššufu

sdari

heater

refrigerator tllaja oven frran blender ̣tннana saucepan gamila cooking pot ṭ awa plate ̣ tbsil brazier m jm r grill šuwaya strainer ṣ ffaya pressure kokot cooker sifter ġrbal frying pan mqla

spoon knife fork glass teapot coffee pot tray bowl kettle pitcher

šofaj m lqa mu s frṣ̌ ita k as brrad briq ̣ siniya zlafa mqraj ġrraf

couscous pot brma ladle mġrfa faucet robini

Exercise:Put the household items in the correct “room.” buṭagaz agaz kursi namusiya ṭbla bla ṣabun m lqa mus ṭawa awa ktab l-ma ḍ -ḍ -ḍ u ṭbsil bsil usada

kuzina

m us bit n-n as

bit l-ma

/ /

128 • Moroccan Arabic ṣffaya ffaya robini

Exercise:Describe in Darija the house you want to rent.

Moroccan Wisdom: . ydd wнda ma-kat-sffq-š. ̣ ̣ One hand can’t clap.


Safety and Security Objective: By the end of the chapter, chapter, you will will be able to: to: • list some safety and security problems you may face during your service • describe some strategies for dealing with these issues • use Moroccan Arabic to implement these strategies

Sexual Harassment Vocabulary gazelle*

l-ġzala

the beautiful*

z-zwina

to follow someone tb to get in t rrḍ someone's way to harass n gg

the beauty* z-zin a strawberry t-tuta (girl)* *These words are used by men to harass women.

Expressions

sexual harassment He followed me. What do you want? Go away. Get away (far) from me. Let go of me. Don’t touch me. Don’t follow me again. Give me some space. (go away) Go or you will regret it. I will tell the police. I will call the gendarmes. Respect yourself. He doesn’t want to get away (far) from me. I told you: get away (far) from me. I told you: go away.

taнrruš jinsi t b ni . šnu bġiti? sir f нalk. b d mnni. ̣ tlq mnni. ma-t-qisni-š. ma-t- awd-š t-tb ni.

. . . . . .

ṭini t-tisa .

.

sir wlla ġadi t-ndm. ġadi n-bllġ l-bulis. ġadi nn- iyṭ la j-jadarmiya. нtarm rask.

. . . .

ma-bġa-š y-b

.

glt lik: b

d mnni.

d mnni.

glt lik: sir f нalk.

Text - Arabic . .

.

":

.

".

":

"

:

.

:

.

130 • Moroccan Arabic . .

.

".

.

.

":

Text - Transcription Cathy xarja mn ḍ ar š-šbab

mlli Cathy xarja mn ḍ aarr š-šbab, kan waнd mul ṭ-ṭuumubil mubil waqf f j-jnb dyal ṭ-ṭriq. riq. mnin wṣlat lat Cathy нdah, gal liha: "ṭl i a l-ġz l-ġzal alaa n-w n-wsṣ ṣṣlk." lk." Cathy galt lih: "sir f нalk. weš bġiti ši waнd y-tb xtk?" bqat Cathy ġadya u bqa mul ṭ-ṭ -tụ mubil tb tb ha. qṭ qṭ at Ca Cathy t ̣-ṭ -triq ṛ iq l j-jiha l-xura. нnat rasha u kmmlat ṭriqh r iqha. a. f nha nharr t-ta t-tani ni awd awd nfs nfs š-ši š-ši m a mul mul t ̣-ṭ -tumubil. ụ mubil. f nhar t-talt galt Cathy Cathy l mul ṭt ̣-ṭtumubil ụ mubil:: "ila awdti awdti tb ni ġadi ġadi n-bllġ n-bllġ l-bulis l-bulis." ." b l-fi l awd tb ha u mšat l l-b l-bulis u bllġat u ṭaathum thum rqm ṭ-ṭumubil. umubil. l-bulis šddu mul t ̣-ṭ -tumubil ụ mubil u iyṭu la Cathy. Cathy. tlb ḷ b mul ṭ-ṭ -tumubil ụ mubil s-smaнa s-smaнa mn Cathy u ltazm baš ma-bqi-š y-t y-t rrd rrḍ liha liha mrr mrraa xora xora..

Questions 1. fin kant Cathy? 2. fin kan mul ṭ-ṭ -ṭumubil? 3. šnu gal mul ṭ-ṭ -ṭumubil l Cathy? 4. weš weš mša mšatt Cat Cathy hy m a mul mul ṭ-ṭ -ṭumubil? umubil? 5. šn šnuu dart dart Cath Cathyy mlli mlli awd awd tb ha mul ṭ-ṭ -ṭumubil? umubil? 6. šnu dar mul ṭ-ṭ -ṭumubil umubil mlli šdduh l-bulis?

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

Text - English Translation Cathy coming out of the youth center

When Cathy was coming out of the youth center, there was a man in his car by the side of the road. As she passed passed by him, he told her: “Get in gazelle, I will take you home.” Cathy said: said: “Go away. Is it okay okay with you you if someone someone harasse harassess your sister?” sister?” Cathy kept walking and the man was following her with his his car. She crossed the road, ignoring him, and continued continued on her way. The next day, the the same thing happened with that man. The following day Cathy told the man: “If you follow me again I will tell the police.” In fact, he did follow her again and so she went to the police station. She told them what happened and gave them the license plate number. The police arrested the man and called called Cathy. The man apologized apologized to Cathy Cathy and promised not not to get in her way again.

At the Taxi Stand Vocabulary seat tire smooth

blạ sa rwị da memsuнa

windshield cracked to be afraid to happen

j-jaja mšquqa xaf wq


Expressions Drive slowly please. Better safe than sorry.

ṣug ug b š-šwiya afak. llahumma slama wala ndama.

. .

Dialogue f maнṭtạ d ṭ-ṭ -taxiyat ạ xiyat l-ku l-kurt rti:i: blas blaṣ̣a Akka, blaṣa Akka. Max: Max: ana ana ġadi ġadi l Akk Akka. a. l-kurti: ṭl . Max: Max: bllati, bllati, xllini xllini n-šuf n-šuf ṭt-̣ ṭṭaksi aksi b da. ma-bġit-š n-mši f had ṭ-ṭ -ṭaksi. aksi. l-kurti: laš? Max: Max: r-rw r-rway ayḍḍ mmsuнin u j-jaja l-qddamiya mšquqa. l-kurti: l-kurti: ġir zid zid ma-t-xaf ma-t-xaf-š, -š, ma ġadi ġadi ywq walu. Max: šuf liya ši ṭaxi axi mzyan afak.

. . . .

.

: : : : :

.

: :

.

l-ku l-kurt rti:i: xṣ xṣ ṣsḳ t-tsnna šwiya. Max: Max: l-wqt l-wqt maši maši muškil. muškil. llahu llahumma mma slama wala ndama.

.

. .

:

.

:

:

Questions

1. fin kayn Max? 2. fin ġadi Max? 3. laš ma-mša-š f ṭ-ṭ -ṭaxi axi l-li šaf? 4. šnu ṭlb mn l-kurti?

1. 2. 3. 4.

English Translation At the taxi stand l-kurti l-kurti:: A seat seat to Aqqa Aqqa,, a seat seat to Aqqa Aqqa.. Max: Max: I am am goin goingg to Aqqa Aqqa.. l-ku l-kurt rti:i: Get Get in. in. Max: Wait. Let me see the the taxi first. first. . . . I don’t don’t want to go in in this taxi. l-ku l-kurt rti:i: Wh Why? y? Max: The tires tires are smooth smooth and the the windshield windshield is cracked. cracked. l-kurti: l-kurti: Come on, don’t worry. Nothing is going to happen. happen. Max: Max: Find Find me me a goo goodd tax taxi.i. l-kurti l-kurti:: You have have to to wait wait a little little bit. bit. Max: Time is not a problem. problem. Better safe than sorry. sorry.


At Work

Vocabulary to bring in to take out to steal to be stolen

dxxl xrrj srq tsrq

to lock to (something) a lock

šdd m a qfl

Dialogue

f l-xdma lomolog: lomolog: s-salamu s-salamu alaykum. alaykum. jiti bkri l-yum. Patric Patrick: k: wa alaykum alaykum s-sala s-salam. m. ši šwiya. lomolog: aš hada? laš dxxlti l-bisklit l l-biru. Patrick: ah, ġadi y-tsrq ila xllitu brra. lomolog: lomolog: welakin welakin hadi hadi maši maši blaṣ blaṣa d l-bisklit. Patrick: iyeh, welakin aš ġadi n-dir? lomo lomolo log: g: dir dir qfl qfl l l-b l-bis iskl klit it u šd šddu du m a l-bab dyal brra. Patrick: fikra mzyana. ma-fkkrt-š fiha. lomolog: weš ndk qfl? Patric Patrick: k: iyeh, iyeh, ndi. ndi. n-xrrju n-xrrju daba daba u nšddu m a l-b l-baab. lomolog: lomolog: sdd t-lqa t-lqa ma-t ma-t-нl -нll.l.

.

.

.

. . . . . .

.

: : : : : :

.

1. 2. 3.

English Translation At work counterpart counterpart:: Patric Patrick: k: counterpart counterpart:: Patrick: Patrick: counterpart counterpart:: Patric Patrick: k: counterpart counterpart:: Patrick: Patrick: counte counterpa rpart: rt:

:

:

Questions

1. laš dxxl Patrick l-bisklit l l-biru? 2. šnu gal lomolog l Patrick? 3. šnu dar Patrick f t-tali?

:

Peace be upon you. You came in early today. Peace Peace be upon upon you too. too. A littl littlee bit. bit. What’s What’s this? this? Why did did you bring your your bicycle bicycle into the the office? office? Oh. It will be stolen stolen if I leave it outsid outside. e. But this this is not the the place place for bicycles. bicycles. Yes, Yes, but what what should should I do? do? Use a lock lock with the the bicycle, bicycle, and lock lock it to the the gate. Good idea. I didn’t didn’t think about that. Do you you have have a lock? lock?

. .

: :

Peace Corps / Morocco • 133 Patrick: Patrick: Yes, I have one. one. I’ll take take it outside outside now and and lock it to the the gate. gate. counterpart: counterpart: Lock now what what you you will will find find later. later.

Forgetting a Wallet in a Taxi / Filing a Report

Vocabulary

police bulis police station kumisariya wallet

to lose to forget to save (someone)

bẓ tam

ẉ dḍ r nsa tq

Expressions Help me. I lost my passport. I forgot my wallet in... Where Wh ere’s ’s the the polic policee stat statio ion? n? Help me! (use only in extreme danger)

awnni. wḍ ḍ rt l-ppasppor. nsit l-bzṭ am dyali f... fin fin l-ku l-kumi misa sariy riya? a? tqu r-ruн.

. . ... .

Dialogue Brian: s-salamu alaykum. bulis: wa alaykum s-salam. Brian: smн li, nsit l-bzṭam am dyali f waнd waнd ṭt ̣-ṭ -taksi. ạ ksi. bulis: waxxa, šnu smitk? Brian: smiti Brian .... bulis: bulis: šnu kayn f l-bzt l-bzṭạ m? Brian: Brian: fih l-ppa l-ppaspp sppor or dyali dyali u waнd lakarṭ viza u 500 drhm. bulis: weš qlti la n-nmra dyal ṭ-ṭ -ṭaksi? aksi? Brian: 45. bulis: bulis: waxxa, waxxa, xlli xlli liya liya r-rqm r-rqm d t-tilifun dyalk, ġadi n-ttaṣlu lu bik mn b d. Brian: šukran. bulis: lla šukran ala wajib.

. .

45.

: :

. .

. . .

Questions 1. fin mša Brian? laš? 2. weš tsrq lih l-bzṭam?

50 0 .

: : : : : : :

1. 2.

: : :


English Translation Brian Brian:: police: police: Brian: police: police: Brian Brian:: police: police: Brian: police: police: Brian: police: police: Bria Brian: n: polic police: e:

Peace Peace be be upon upon you you.. Peace Peace be upon upon you you too. too. Excuse Excuse me, I forgot forgot my wallet in a taxi. Okay, Okay, what what’s ’s your your name? name? My nam namee is Bria Briann ... ... What What was was in the wallet? wallet? My passport passport,, a Visa Visa card, card, and and 500 dirham. dirham. Do you rememb remember er the taxi’ taxi’ss number? number? 45. Okay, leave leave me your phone phone number, number, we’ll we’ll call call you later. later. Than Thanks ks.. It’s It’s my du duty ty..

Butagas

Vocabulary butane gas tank gas

l-gaz

CO detector

d-ditiktur

battery

l-нjra

gasket (rubber ring) torn hose odor / smell ring

j-jlda d l-buṭa

metal regulator between gas tank and hose

l-buṭa

mqṭṭ (a) t-tiyu r-riнa l-xatm

)

to test to close (tank) to open (tank) to turn on / to make work ) to change to tighten to smell

l-magana jrrb sdd нll xddm bddl ziyr šmm

Expressions There is a gas smell. Turn on the detector. Test the butagas tank with water and soap. Change the rubber ring if it’s torn.

kayna r-riнa d l-gaz. xddm d-ditiktur.

. .

jrrb l-buṭa b l-ma u ṣ-ṣ -ṣabun.

.

bddl j-jlda d l-buṭa ila ila tqt tqṭ at. at.

.

Dialogue

Faṭima ima nd Caroline Fatima: ahlan bixir.

.

:

Peace Corps / Morocco • 135 Caroline: Caroline: bixir l-нamdullah, l-нamdullah, mrнba bik. Fatima: Fatima: šukran šukran.. aji šmmit šmmit r-riнa r-riнa d l-buṭa. a. Caroline: Caroline: ma-šmmit-š, ma-šmmit-š, rah ndi d-ditiktur d-ditiktur d l-gaz welakin ma-fih-š l-нjra. Fat Fatima: ima: xṣ xṣ ṣsḳ t-xddmih dima, had š-ši maši maši l b. aji n-šu n-šufu fu j-jl j-jlda da d l-buṭa b da. Caroline: waxxa. Fati Fatima ma:: j-jld j-jldaa mqṭ mqṭṭt ̣ a. had had š-š š-šii xat xaṭ̣ar. ar. xṣṣṣna n a n-bd n-bddl dluh uhaa u mn b d nn jrrbu b l-ma u ṣ-ṣ -ṣabun. abun. Caroline: fikra mzyana.

.

.

:

.

:

. . .

:

. .

.

:

. .

Questions

1. laš ma-xddmat-š Caroline d-ditiktur d l-gaz? 2. šnu l-muškil f l-buṭa dyal Caroline? 3. šnu xṣṣṣ Caroline u Faṭima y-diru?

:

:

1. 2. 3.

English Translation Fati Fatima ma:: Carolin Caroline: e: Fatima Fatima:: Caroline: Caroline: Fatima: Fatima:

Hell Hello, o, how how are are you? you? Fine, Fine, thanks thanks be to to God. God. Welcom Welcome. e. Thanks Thanks.. Come Come here here . . . I smell smell gas. gas. I don’t don’t smell it. I have a gas detecto detectorr but it ran out out of batteries batteries.. You should always have it on. on. This is no game. Let’s look at the the rubber gasket ring first. Caro Caroliline ne:: Okay Okay.. Fatima: Fatima: You see, the rubber ring is torn. torn. This is dangerous. dangerous. We have to change it, then test it with water and soap. Caro Carolin line: e: Good Good idea. idea.

Hash

Vocabulary hashish quality to smoke

l-нšiš kaliti / nu kma

/

to use sticking to / bothering someone

st m l laṣq

Dialogue

Jalil: aji axay, weš kat-qllb la l-нšiš? Scott: Scott: lla, sir f нalk. ana ma-kan-s ma-kan-stt mlu-š.

: .

.

:

:

136 • Moroccan Arabic Jalil: aji, rah ndi kaliti zwina mn ktama. Scott: Scott: glt lik sir sir f нalk. нalk. b d mnni. ana ma-kan-kmi-š. Jalil: šu šuf,f, n-d n-dir ir m ak tam taman an mzy mzyan an.. Scott: Scott: šuf nta, nta, ila ila bqiti bqiti laṣ laṣqni qni ġadi ngulha l l-bulis. ana makan-kmi-š. Jalil: l-bulis! ṣafi a fi lla lla y- awnk awnk..

. .

.

. .

: : : :

.

. .

!

:

Questions 1. m a mn mn tla tlaqa qa Scot Scott? t? 2. šnu bġa mnnu Jalil? 3. weš šra Scott l-нšiš? 4. laš xaf Jalil u mša b нalu?

1. 2. 3. 4.

English Translation Jalil: Scott: Scott: Jalil: Scott: Scott: Jalil: Scott: Scott: Jalil:

Come here (brother), are you looking for hash? No, go away. away. I don’t don’t use it. Come on, it’s good stuff from Ktama. I said said go away. away. I don’t don’t smoke. smoke. Look, I’ll give you a good price. You look, look, if you you keep bothering bothering me I’ll call call the police. police. I don’t don’t smoke. smoke. Police! Okay, may God help you.

Theft

Vocabulary theft

s-srqa

danger dangerous

xạ tar xaṭ ir make a statement / sjjl d wa file a report summons

stid a

witness testimony police

šahd šahada l-bulis

police in inspector l-inspiktur police car report la w

fargunị t rappur l-qanun

t h ief to touch to forgive he attacked me he snatched my... he slapped me he hit me he spit on me he grabbed me from... he cursed me he stole my... he insulted me

šffar / srraq

/

qas smн l... t dda liya

...

xṭf liya.. .

...

̣ srfqni ̣ drbni dfl liya šddni mn... sbbni srq liya... ayrni

... ...

Peace Corps / Morocco • 137 нuquq l-'insan lawyer muнami medical certificate / šahada report ṭibbiya ibbiya human rights

to call (the police) court

iyṭ l mнkama

Expressions Where’s the closest police / gendarme station, please. I want to make a statement about a theft / an attack / sexual harassment. What police station should I go to? Take me to the closest police station, please. Be careful! Pay attention. Come with me to the police.

fin 'aqrab kumisariya / brigad d j-jundarm, afak? bġit n-bl bġit n-bllġ lġ la s-sr s-srqa qa / i tida tida'' / taнrruš jinsi.

/ /

/

.

lašmn kumisariya xṣṣsni ̣ni nmši? ddini l 'aqrab kumisariya, afak. ̣ i нradsk! rdd balk. zid zid m aya aya l l-l-bu buliliss.

. ! . .

Dialogue John: bulis: John: bulis: John: bulis: John: bulis: John: bulis: bulis: John: bulis: bulis: John: bulis: bulis: John: bulis: John: bulis bu lis:: John: bulis: bulis:

s-salamu alaykum. wa alaykum s-salam. šnu xṣṣṣk? k? bġit n-bllġ la ši srqa. weš lik nta? iyeh. waxxa, ṭini ini l-ppaspor dyalk. ndi ġir la-kart d sejur, hak. нtta hiya mzyana. mzyana. šnu srq lik? lik? u fuqaš? ṣak, ak, f 3:00. kif dar srq lik ṣ-ṣ -ṣak? xṭfu liya mn ktfi. kif dayr dayr had š-šf š-šffar? far? wṣ wṣfu liya. ṭwil u labs djin u t-šurt нmr. šnu kayn f had had ṣṣ -ṣ -ṣak ak b ḍ -ḍ -ḍ bt? ndi fih tilifun u fuṭa u ktab u musjjala ṣġira ġira (walkman) u 200 drhm. waxxa, a sidi. sidi. ġadi n-diru l-bнt dyalna u n-taṣlu bik mn b d. ṣafi, weš n-mši? lla, lla, tsn tsnna na нtta нtta t-axu t-axudd m ak ns nsxa xa mn r-rappur. waxxa šukran. hak, hak, daba daba n-taṣ n-taṣlu lu bik. нḍ i rask mrra xura.

.

.

:

.

:

. . .

: :

: : : :

3: 0 0

20 0 (

.

)

.

:

. . .

:

. .

: :

: : : :

. :

.

. . .

: : :


English Translation John: police officer: officer: John: police police offic officer: er: John: police officer: officer: John: police officer: officer: John: police police offic officer: er: John: police police offic officer: er: John: police officer: officer: John: police officer: officer: John: police officer: officer: John: police officer: officer:

Peace be upon you. Peace be upon you too. Can I help help you? I want to report a theft. Are you you the the victi victim? m? Yes. Okay, your passport, passport, please. please. I have only my “carte de sejour.” Here you are. That’s That’s okay. okay. What was stolen from you and when? A bag at 3:00. How was was it stolen? stolen? A man snatched it from my shoulder. Can you you describ describee the thief? thief? He’s tall, wearing jeans and a red T-shirt. What exactly exactly did you have have in the the bag? bag? A cell phone, a towel, a book, a walkman, and 200 dirham. Okay, sir, sir, we’ll we’ll do our our investigati investigation on and we’ll get in touch with you later. That’s it? Can I leave? Wait a minute, minute, you’ve you’ve got to to take take a photocopy of the report. Okay, thanks. Here you are. We’ll get in touch touch with you. Be careful in the future.

House Security / Doors and Windows

Vocabulary lock

qfl

welder

sudur / нddad s-saqṭ a

latch / bolt

sliding metal bolt for locking doors

/

iron bars hardware store

z-zkrum barrat d-drogri


Dialogue

Jamal: s-salamu alaykum. Carlos Carlos:: wa alaykum alaykum s-sala s-salam. m. mrнba bik. Jamal: aš kat-dir f ḍ -ḍ -ḍ ar? ar? Carlos Carlos:: walu, walu, ġir ġir gals. gals. Jamal: yallah n-xrju. Carl Carlos os:: waxx waxxa. a. Jamal: šnu hada? had l-qfl iyan. xṣṣṣk waнd ṣнiн. нiн. u xṣṣṣk saqṭa baš t-sdd ldaxl. Carlos Carlos:: fikr fikraa mzyana. mzyana. mnin mnin ġadi ġadi nšrihum? . Jamal: mn d-drugri wlla mn s-suq ġdda. u нtta had s-srjm xṣṣṣu barrat dyal l-нdid baš thnna. aji n-mšiu nd s-sudur n-ṣawbu awbu had s-srjm daba. xṣṣṣk ġir ġir t-šd t-šddd l- bar bar dyal dyalu. u. hadi fikr fikraa mu mu taba tabara ra.. Carlos: hadi Jamal: iyeh, llahumma slama wala ndama.

. .

.

. . .

.

.

English Translation Jamal: Carlos Carlos:: Jamal: Carlos Carlos:: Jamal: Carl Carlos os:: Jamal:

Carlos: Carlos: Jamal: Carl Carlos os:: Jamal:

: : : :

: :

.

.

: :

. .

Questions

1. šnu kan Carlos kay-dir? 2. šnu l-muškil dyal Carlos? 3. šnu xṣṣṣ Carlos ydir? 4. mnin ġadi y-šri l-qfl u s-saqṭa? 5. nd mn ġadi y-ṣawb awb l-barrat?

:

2. 4.

. . .

: :

1. 3.

5.

Peace be upon you. And peace peace be upon upon you too. too. Welcom Welcome. e. What are you doing at home? Nothin Nothing, g, just just sitting sitting aroun around. d. Let’s go out. Oka Okay. What is this? This lock is not strong. You need a strong one. You also need a sliding metal bolt in order to lock the door from the inside. Good idea. Where can I get these from? From the hardware store or from souk tomorrow. Also this window needs iron bars for you to feel safe. Let’s go to the welder’s to fix this this window now. You need to measure measure it. Exce Excelle llent nt idea idea.. It’s better to be safe than sorry. sorry.


Political Harassment Vocabulary to end war citizen normal freedom

wqf l-нrb muwaṭ in adi l-нuriya

population, people f or against to convince

m a ḍ edd qn

democracy

d-dimuqraṭiya

killing

l-qtila

subject

muḍ u

to kill

qtl

š-š b

Dialogue kan John gals f l-qhwa kay-qra "Newsweek" u kanu n-nas kay-tfrrju f "Al-Jazira." waнd mn n-nas gal l John: muwaṭin: hḍ r m a Bus Bushh y-w y-wqq qqff had had l-нrb. John: ana ġir muwaṭin in adi mn mirika mirikan. n. xdmt xdmtii hiya hiya n- awn awn n-nas f l-mġrib. had š-ši l-li kan kan- rf. ṣ afi. afi. muwaṭin: in: welakin welakin kat-gu kat-gulu lu ndkum ndkum l-нuriya u d-dimuqraṭiya. iya. John: had š-ši bṣṣsн̣ welakin ana ġir miri mirika kani ni adi adi mn š-š š-š b. muwaṭin: in: kulkum kulkum bнal bнal bнal, bнal, kat-b kat-bġiu ġiu l-нrb. f mirikan ktr mn 50% d n-na n-nass m a l-нr l-нrb. b. нtta нtta nta nta mnhum. John: lla. lla. ana ana m a 50% 50% xora xora l-li l-li ḍ edd edd l-нrb. kifašš ġadi ġadi nn- rf rfu? u? muwaṭin: in: kifa kifašš ġa ġadi n-q n-qn k? John: kifa muwaṭin: i n: ma-n ma-n-- rf w wel elak akin in mir mirik ikan an xṣ xṣṣṣha ha t-wqqf l-qtila dyal n-nas. John: mttafq m ak. bqat bqat waнd waнd l-mj l-mjmu mu a d n-na n-nass f l-qh l-qhwa wa kay-tkllmu la had l-muḍ u u kay-šufu f John. John xllṣ qhwtu u mša f нalu.

"

"

".

"

: . :

. .

.

.

:

. . .

: :

%50

. %50

. .

.

: :

. . .

1. 2. 3. 4.

: :

: .

Questions 1. fin kan John? 2. šnu kan kay-dir? 3. šnu kanu n-nas kay-diru? 4. šnu hiya l-xdma dyal John f

:

Peace Corps / Morocco • 141 l-mġrib? 5. weš weš mir mirika ikann kulha kulha m a l-нr l-нrb? b? 6. weš weš Joh Johnn m a wll wllaa ḍḍ dd l-нrb? 7. šnu dar John f t-tali?

5. 6. 7.

English Translation John was sitting in a café reading “Newsweek.” Some people there were watching “Al Jazeera.” One of the men at the café said to John: Moroccan Talk to Bush about stopping this war. citizen: John: I’m just a normal citizen from America. My job is to help people in Morocco. That’s all I know. Moroccan But in America you say you have freedom and democracy. citizen: John: That’s true, but I am just just a normal American. Moroccan You are all the same. You all like war. In America more than 50% of the citizen: people are for the the war. You are one of them. John: No, I am with the other Americans against the war. Moroccan How are we going to know? citizen: John: How can I convince you? Moroccan I don’t know but America must stop killing people. citizen: John: I agree. A group of people in the café kept talking about the subject of the war. They were looking at John. John. John paid for his coffee and left.


Appendices

Pronunciation of Moroccan Arabic............. Arabic......................... ........................ ......................... ......................... .................................. ...................... Supplementary Grammar Lessons............. Lessons......................... ........................ ......................... .............................................. ................................. More Useful Expressions............. Expressions......................... ........................ ......................... ......................... ................................................ .................................... Moroccan Holidays............ Holidays........................ ........................ ......................... ......................... ........................ ......................... .................................. ..................... Glossary of Verbs............. Verbs......................... ........................ ......................... ......................... ........................ ............................................... ...................................

143 148 157 159 164


Pronunciation of Moroccan Arabic Despite what you may think at first, it is indeed possible for you to learn how to pronounce the sounds sounds of Moroccan Arabic. Learning to pronounce Arabic sounds correctly correctly entails two things: first, becoming aware of how to make the different sounds and, second, practicing with a native speaker. This chapter will help you with the first task. task.

Understanding How Sounds Are Made

Before we move directly directly into how to pronounce pronounce Arabic sounds, sounds, let’s first understand understand how sounds sounds are made in general. Then we can use this knowledge knowledge in order to work on Arabic sounds.

Fricatives and Stops

Make Make the /s/ sound. sound. Notice Notice how air is being being forced forced through through the space space between between your your tongue and the gum ridge in your mouth. When a sound is produced like this, by forcing air between some small opening, that sound is called a fricative. Make Make the the /f/ /f/ soun sound. d. This sound is also a fricative, f ricative, because in i n order orde r to make it we must force air between our teeth and our our bottom lip. Some sounds sounds in English English that are fricatives fricatives are: /s/, /s/, /z/, /sh/, /sh/, /th/, /f/, /v/, and others. Now make make the /t/ sound. sound. Here, Here, we are not forcing forcing air throug throughh a small small opening opening at a constant pressure, but rather we completely block the air flow for a moment, and then release the air stream in one big burst. A sound that is produced by blocking the air flow, and then releasing it, is called a stop. Make Make the the /k/ sound. sound. This This is is anot another her “stop” “stop” because again, you will notice how we build up a lot of pressure with air, and then release it. Some stops in English are: /t/, /k/, /g/, /b/, /p/, and others.

Voiced and Voiceless Sounds

We can also categorize consonant sounds according to whether we use our voice box or not. Make the the /s/ sound. While making the sound, sound, hold hold your hand over your throat. Now make the /z/ sound, still still holding your hand hand to your throat. You’ll You’ll notice that with /s/, /s/, we don’t use use our voice box, but with /z/, our our voice box vibrates. vibrates. Sounds like like /s/ are called voiceless , since we don’t use our voice box. Sounds like /z/ are called voiced , since our voice box vibrates vibrates.. Make the the sound sound /t/. /t/. Is it voiceless voiceless or or voiced? voiced? Now make make the sound /d/. Voiceless or voiced? Let’s look now at some of the difficult Arabic sounds, using what we know about sounds in general. ∗

Pronunciation of Non-English Consonants

The Sound “q“ ( )

The q sound is similar to the k sound. sound. Both Both are voiceless voiceless “stops “stops”” that are made by releas releasing ing air forcefu forcefully lly after complete completely ly blocking blocking the air flow flow moment momentari arily. ly. The only differe difference nce is where where in the throat throat the speake speakerr blocks the the air flow. The q sound will be made further back in the throat than the k sound. Try the the following exercise. First, take a minute to become more familiar with your throat muscles. Open your mouth and say aah, as if you were were at the doctor doctor’s ’s office. office. Your Your tongue tongue should should be flat in your mouth. Without raising your tongue, pull it back so that the base of your tongue closes off air by pulling back back against the throat. throat. At this point, point, you should not be able to breathe breathe through through your mouth, although although it is wide open. Practice Practice doing this first without without making a sound. sound. After performing performing this exercise exercise several times, times, make a sound by releasing releasing the air forcefully. The result will be the sound q. 

The /t/ sound is voiceless voiceless and the /d/ sound sound is voiced. Both are “stops.”


The Sound “x“ ( )

The sound x is a voiceless fricative formed around the same place as the sound q. It is found in many European languages: the Russian x , the Scottish pronunciation of loch, and the German ch as pronounced after a back vowel as in Bach. Some people use this this sound to say yech! To pronounce x, make the sound q and pay attention to where the back of your tongue hits the back of the roof of your mouth and blocks your windpipe. Instead of closing off the windpipe with the back of your tongue completely, block it part way, and you will produce this sound.

The Sound “ġ“ ( )

The sound ġ is the same sound as the sound x, except itit is “voiced.” “voiced.” In other words, words, if if you can make the sound x, all you need to do is vibrate your voice box at the same time, and you will produce produce ġ. Think of the the corresponden correspondence ce between the the sounds k (kite) and g (game): k is voiceless and g is voiced. Pronounce k and g several times, paying attention to how your voice changes when you say g. Now say x several times, and then “voice” it. The result is ġ. Alternatively, you may think of ġ as similar to the sound you make when gargling. Gargle for a minute and pay attention to the muscles muscles you use. The sound ġ is pronounced using these same muscles in similar fashion.

The Emphatic Sounds “ṣ“ ( ), “ḍ “ ( ), and “ṭ“ ( )

The sound ṣ is the emphatic counterpart of the sound s. Pronounce Pronounce the sound s aloud, and note the position of your tongue. It should be toward the front of the mouth and high, close to the roof. Now, starting starting at the back of your teeth, move move your tongue back along along the roof roof of your mouth. mouth. You will will find a bony bony ridge just just behind behind the teeth, teeth, before before the upward curve of the roof. Put your tongue against this ridge. The rest of your tongue will drop drop lower inside inside your mouth. mouth. The emphat emphatic ic or velariz velarized ed consona consonants nts in Arabic Arabic are pronounced by placing the tip of your tongue in this spot and dropping the rest of the tongue as as low as you you can. Thus, the sounds sounds ṣ, ḍ , and ṭ are all made with the tongue in this position. All the emphatic sounds sounds are lower in pitch than than their non-emphatic non-emphatic counterpar counterparts. ts. They are pronounced with greater muscular tension in the mouth and throat and with a raising of the back and root of the tongue tongue toward toward the roof of the mouth. mouth. You can notice notice this contraction of the throat easily by prolonging the ‘l’ in “full.” One important note about the emphatic sounds: they deepen the sound of surrounding vowels. Pay attention to the sound of all vowels near near these emphatic sounds, because the quality of the vowels gives the best indication of the presence of emphatic consonants. One important example is ṭini Moroccann Arabic. Most trainees trainees will will hear ini, “give me” in Morocca ayni, with the middle vowel sound ay instead of i. the word and think it is pronounced pronounced ṭayni This is because the emphatic sound ṭ affects the way the i sounds, making it sound (to the English speaker’s ear) like an ay. It is, in fact, an i however.

The Sound “н“ ( )

The sound н is a voiceless fricative pronounced deep in the throat. It has no equivalent in Engli English sh.. In order order to pract practic icee this this soun sound, d, first first take take a few few minut minutes es to become become bett better er acquainted with some of your throat muscles that you use often, but not to speak English. The following exercises are designed to make you aware of what these muscles can already do, so so that you can use use them to speak Arabic. Arabic. Practice Practice them for a few minutes every day, as often as you can. 1. With With your mouth mouth clos closed, ed, block block off off your windp windpipe ipe at your your throat throat.. Put your your hand hand on your your throat throat at the Adam’s Adam’s apple apple and constr constrict ict the muscles muscles on the inside. inside. You should be able to feel the the muscles contracting. contracting. Alternately tighten and relax them for a few minutes.

Peace Corps / Morocco • 145 2. Repeat this with your mouth mouth open. Try to to breathe breathe out out through through your mouth— mouth—ifif you can, you are not closing off the windpipe entirely. 3. Constrict those same muscles so that air can just barely squeeze through your throat. Imitate someone fogging a pair of glasses to to clean them. The sound of the air coming through your constricted throat muscles is н. By now, now, you should should be aware of what your throat muscles are doing. 4. Bend Bend your head down down so that your chin chin rests rests on the top of your chest, chest, and repeat repeat exercise 3. This position should make it easier for you to feel what you are doing. Pronouncing н takes practice, first to pronounce the letter alone, and then to pronounce it surrou sur rounded nded by other other letters letters in a word. word. You must must learn to pronounce pronounce it properly properly to be understood, understood, and at first, first, this will take take some concentratio concentrationn on your part. However, However, the more you practice now, the sooner you will be able to say it easily.

The Sound “ ) “ )

We now now come to to one of the the most most distinc distinctive tive soun sounds ds in Arabic Arabic:: . When When pronoun pronounced ced correctly, correctly, has its own unique beauty beauty and can be a very expressive expressive sound. sound. It is not not as as difficult to pronounce as one may first think, but you need to exercise your throat muscles, the same ones that you use use to pronounce н. You should continually be doing the exercises you learned above for н, in which you constricted your throat muscles as if you were blocking off the air passage passage from the inside. You can feel this by putting your hand on your throat. throat. Say н, and feel the muscles muscles contract. contract. Now pronounce pronounce the same same sound and “voice” it. That is, say the say sound sound while vibrating vibrating your voice box, changing changing the breathy breathy soun soundd of н into into the the deep, deep, throat throatyy sound sound of . The soun sounds ds н and and are are only only different because н is voiceless and is voiced. Some trainees trainees think that sounds like a vowel, but it is not a vowel. Because we we constrict constrict our throa throatt muscles muscles and and force force air through through the the passagew passageway, ay, the the sound sound is a fricati fricative. ve. Vowels do not force air through a partially blocked passageway, and thus cannot be fricatives.

The Arabic “r“ ( )

The sound r in Arabic is not the same as the English “r.” It is not difficult, like some of the other sounds sounds above above may seem at first. But because because it is new, we include include here a short description description of of it. The sound sound is a flap, flap, like like the Spanish Spanish or Italian Italian “r.” “r.” You already already know how to make this sound: it is the sound American English speakers make saying gotta as in gotta go. Say gotta several times in a row very quickly and pay attention to what your tongue tongue is doing. You should should feel it flapping against against the roof of your mouth behind behind your teeth. Now pronounc pronouncee the sound sound alone. alone. Another Another good exercis exercisee is to practic practicee making a whirring sound: rrrrrrrrrrrrrrr . Do these these exercis exercises es daily daily until until you have master mastered ed this sound.

Pronunciation of Shedda

In Arabic, a “shedda” is a pronounced stress upon a letter in a word. In transcription, this stress is indicated by a doubling of a consonant (see page 3). When there is shedda, shedda, it indicates that the consonant consonant is to be held twice as long as a normal consonant. That is, it should be pronounced for twice twice the length of time. This is easy with fluid sounds like z or r. With sounds like b or d, however, you must begin to say them and pause in the middle of pronouncing them for a second. This may take some practice practice at first. In English, this doubling of a consonant sound never occurs in the middle of words, but is very very comm common on from the end of one one word word to the the begin beginni ning ng of anot anothe her. r. Comp Compar aree the the difference between the single ‘d’ in “lay down” and the double ‘dd’ in “laid down.” Noticing the difference between the single ‘d’ and double ‘dd’ in this example will give you some idea of how a shedda affects pronunciation.

146 • Moroccan Arabic It cannot be stressed enough that shedda affects not only the pronunciation of a word, but also its meaning, especially for verbs . Recognizing Recognizing when shedda shedda is used and learning to pronounce it correctly yourself is an important task in your study of Moroccan Arabic.

The Definite Article

In English, English, the “definit “definitee article article”” is the word “the.” “the.” It is differe different nt from the “indefinit “indefinitee articles,” which are “a” and “an.” In English, the the definite article speaks about something specific: I washed the dog today (you know which dog I’m speaking about). The indefinite articles talk about something non-specific: I saw a dog today (you don’t know the dog I’m speaking about). In Arabic, the definite definite article article is not always used exactly exactly as in English. When written written in Arabic script, it is composed of two letters, al ( ), att attac ached hed to to the the begi beginn nning ing of of a noun noun or or an adjective. Here is the Arabic script for “the book”: the definite article

These two letters are always written wri tten in Arabic script for a definite article, but they are not always pronounced. In Moroccan Arabic, the first letter, a ( ), is never pronounced. pronounced. Two possibilitie possibilitiess exist, exist, therefore, therefore, for pronouncing pronouncing the definite definite article. article. Sometimes, Sometimes, the second second letter, l ( ), is pronounced. pronounced. Other times, times, instead instead of pronouncing pronouncing the l ( ), the the firs firstt let lette terr of of the word is doubled doubled with a “shedda.” “shedda.” Whether Whether the definite definite article is pronounced pronounced with “ l” or by doubling the first letter with shedda is determined by which letter is the first letter of the word. Let’s look at these two different possibilities. possibilities.

The Moon Letters

In the first possibility, the Arabic definite article is pronounced with an l ( ) at at th the beginning of a word. All words that begin with the following letters follow this rule: i/y

u/w

h

m

k

q

f

ġ

x

н

b

a

These letters are called moon letters, because the Arabic word for moon, qamar, begins with one of the letters letters in the group. Notice in the following following examples examples that the definite definite article is pronounced by adding an l to the word: a book ktab a girl bnt the book l-ktab the girl l-bnt a boy wld a moon qamar the boy l-wld the moon l-qamar

The Sun Letters

In the second possibility, the Arabic definite article is pronounced by doubling the first letter of a word with a “shedda.” All words that begin with the following letters follow this rule: n

l ̣ ̣ ṭ d s š

s

z

r

j

t

These letters are known as sun letters, because the Arabic word for sun, šms, begins with one of the letters letters in the group. Notice in the following following examples examples that the definite definite article is pronounced by doubling the first letter of the word by using “shedda.” a house ḍ ar a street znqa

Peace Corps / Morocco • 147 the house

ḍ -ḍ ar ar

the street

z-znqa

a man the man

rajl r-rajl

a sun the sun

šms š-šms


Supplementary Grammar Lessons These are lessons you can work on by yourself or with your tutor once you arrive at your site. It is unlikely unlikely you will be able to complete complete them during stage, stage, unless unless you already already have some experience with Arabic.

Making Intransitive Verbs into Transitive Verbs

Intransitive verbs are verbs that do not require a direct object such as: to come in dxl to be afraid xaf to go out xrj to drink šrb to to laugh ḍ нk understand fhm ṭl to fall to go up ̣ taн to go down hbṭ All these verbs are trilateral (i.e. they are made up of three letters) and they can be made transi transitive tive by doubling doubling their middle middle consonan consonantt (i.e. (i.e. putting putting a shedda shedda on it). it). The new transitive verb normally has the meaning “to make someone do something.” something.” Look at how the meaning changes when the intransitive verb ḍнk ḍ нk “to laugh” is changed into a transitive verb: You are laughing / you kat-ḍ нk. . laugh. You make me laugh. kat-ḍ ннkni. . Here is a list of verbs commonly used in their transitive form: to make (someone or something) enter / to bring dxxl in to make (someone or something) exit / to take out xrrj to make (so/sth) laugh ḍ ннk to drop / to throw down (i.e. ṭiyн iyн to make something fall) to frighten (i.e. to make xuwf someone afraid) to water (i.e. to make šrrb something “drink”) to make (someone) fhhm understand / to explain to make go up / to promote / ṭllll to take up to bring down / to demote hbbṭ

Peace Corps / Morocco • 149 Some examples: I brought in a dog to the house but my father took it out. The clown makes small kids laugh. Take this table out of here, please.

dxxlt waнd l-klb l ḍ -ḍ -ḍ ar ar welakin bba xrrju. l-klun kay-ḍ ннk ннk d-drari ṣ-ṣ -ṣġar. ġar. xrrj afak had ṭ-ṭ -ṭbla bla mn hna.

. . .

Passive Verbs

Transitive verbs can be made passive by adding t ( ) to to the them, m, as sh show ownn bel below ow:: to write ktb to be written (masc.) tktb to be written (fem.) tktbat to be written (plur.) tktbu to understand fhm to be understood (masc.) tfhm to be understood (fem.) tfhmat to be understood (plur.) tfhmu to buy šra to be bought (masc.) tšra to be bought (fem.) tšrat to be bought (plur.) tšrau to steal srq to be stolen (masc.) tsrq to be stolen (fem.) tsrqat to be stolen (plur.) tsrqu Some examples: li kla l-pitza. Ali ate pizza. The pizza was eaten. tklat l-pitza. The teacher wrote the l-ustad ktb d-drs. lesson. The lesson was written. d-drs tktb. The students understood the t-tlamd fhmu l-luġz. riddle. The riddle was understood. l-luġz tfhm. Laila bought some clothes. layla šrat l-нwayj. Some clothes were bought. l-нwayj tšrau.

. . . . . . . .

Exercise:Put the sentences below in the passive form. 1. lṣṣṣq t-tṣwira wira f l-нit l-нiṭ.̣ 2. ba u l-fl l-flla laнa нa l-mн l-mнṣṣul ul dyalhum. 3. ṣbnat Jamila l-нwayj.

1. 2. 3.

. . .

150 • Moroccan Arabic 4. hrrs Peter l-kisan. 5. smma Aziz bntu Ibtisam. 6. sm t ṣ -ṣda da l-barн. 7. jlat Lupe l-purṭabl. 8. jrнat Jill ṣb ha b l-mus. 9. ṭat at Aicha l-kadu l Malika. 10. kra ši waнd haḍ -̣dadr.

4.

. . . . . .

5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

.

The Past Progressive

The Moroccan Arabic equivalent for the English past progressive progre ssive (was doing, were w ere doing) is the past of kan ( ) “to “to be” be” fol follo lowed wed by the the pre prese sent nt tens tense. e. For For exa exampl mple: e: He was talking. kan kay-tkllm. . He wasn’t talking. ma-kan-š kay-tkllm. . You were talking. knti kat-tkllm. . I wasn’t working ma-knt-š kan-xdm. . She was writing. kant kat-ktb. . This construction can also be translated translated as “used to.” For example: knt kan-bi ṭ-ṭ -ṭumubilat. umubilat. I used to sell cars. . Whether a given occurrence of this construction is to be translated as past progressive or “used to” depends upon the context. I used to travel a lot. knt kan-safr bzzaf. . When I was in Essaouira, I mlli knt f ṣ-ṣ -ṣwira, wira, knt used to eat fish every day. kan-akul l-нut kul nhar. . I was watching TV when knt kan-tfrrj f t-tlfaza mlli someone knocked at the dqq ši waнd f l-bab. . door. I used to work in this school. knt kan-xdm f had l-mdrasa. . . I used used to run ever everyy mornin morning. g. knt kan-jri kan-jri kul kul ṣṣbaн. baн. I used to smoke a lot but I kan-kmi bzzaf, welakin quit smoking (don’t smoke knt ma-bqit-š kan-kmi. . anymore).

Exercise:Put the verbs in parentheses in the correct form. mlli mlli ana ana (kan (kan / qra) qra) f j-ja j-jami mi a f mirik mirikan, an, (kan (kan / skn) skn) m a waнd waнd l- a'il a'ilaa mir mirik ikan aniy iya. a. l- a'il a'ilaa m a mn (kan kan / skn) skn),, nd ndha ha juj juj d l-bn l-bnat at (kan (kan / qra) qra) m aya aya f j-ja j-jami mi a. wнda wнda mnhu mnhum m (kan (kan / t llm) llm) l- rbiy rbiyaa l-f l-fus uṣ̣нa, нa, u ana (kan (kan / raj raj ) m aha aha d-d d-dur urus us dyal dyalha ha.. l-u l-ust stad ad l-li l-li (kan (kan / qrra) qrra) l- rbiya rbiya l-fus l-fuṣ̣нa f dik j-j-jam jami a smitu d-duktur Jawad. huwa mṣriri welakin dar jinsiya mirikaniya.

/

)

) (

/ .

. (

( )

/

)

/ (

.

)

(

/

( .

( ) /

/ ) .


The Verb “to remain”

The verb bqa ( ) “to “to remai remain” n” is is follow followed ed by by the the prese present nt tens tensee or by the the acti active ve parti particip ciple le (see section below) when it corresponds to the English “kept doing something.” Some examples: She kept waiting for them. bqat kat-tsnnahum. . He kept on searching in the bqa kay-qllb f l-bir нtta ya. . well until he got tired. He kept going (habitually). bqa kay-mši. . He kept going (continued on bqa maši. . his way, on one occasion). When negated, bqa ( ) in verb verb phr phras ases es is equiva equivalen lentt to “no “no lon longer ger,, not not anym anymor ore, e,”” with with either past or present meaning. For example: He didn’t (doesn’t) laugh at ma-bqa-š kay-ḍ нk нk lihum. . them anymore. The active participle baqi preceding the present tense is equivalent to the English “still.” huwa hu wa baq baqii kaykay-xd xdm m m ana. ana. He’s still working with us. .

Verb Participles

Verb participles participles are are adjectives derived derived from verbs. verbs. They agree in gender gender and number, like all adjectives, but not in person (I, you, he) or tense (past, present). Transitive verbs have two participles, participles, an active and a passive passive participle. participle. Intransitiv Intransitivee verbs have only an active participle.

The Active Participle

Verb Stem to write

ktb

to open

нll

to sell

ba

to buy

šra

Some examples: He had written he lessons. She had sold her house. I found him standing at the door. He is wearing a new shirt today. I saw her wearing a green coat. Everyday I see him walking on this street.

Active Participle having written having opened having sold having bought kan katb d-durus dyalu. kant bay a ḍḍ -ḍ ar ar dyalha.

katb(a)

)

)

нall(a)

)

bay (a)

) )

šari(a)

)

) )

lqitu waqf f l-bab.

. . .

huwa labs qamija jdida.

.

šftha labsa kbbuṭ xḍ r. r. kul nhar kan-šufu maši f had z-znqa.

. .

152 • Moroccan Arabic For a small group of verbs, the active participle must be used in order to express a current (i.e. progressi progressive) ve) activity. activity. For these verbs, verbs, the present tense expresses expresses only a habitual habitual activity Verb Stem Active Participle to sit / stay gls sitting gals to wear l bs wearing labs n s na s to sleep sleeping to leave / exit xr xrj leaving xarj to enter dxl entering daxl rj raj to return returning to stand wqf standing waqf to travel safr traveling msafr to rent kra renting kari to regret ndm regretting nadm to be quiet skt being quiet sakt to be afraid xaf being afraid xayf to spend the bat spending the bayt night night Some examples: He wears a green shirt every kay-lbs qamija xḍ ra ra kul day. (habitual → present . nhar. tense) He is wearing a green shirt. huwa labs qamija xḍ ra. . (now→ participle) She goes to sleep at 10:00. kat 1 0: 0 0 . (habitual → present tense) kat-n s f 10:00. She is sleeping. hiya na sa. . (now→ participle)

Passive Participle Verb Stem to write

ktb

to open

нll

to sell

ba

to buy

šra

to make (manufacture ṣn )

Passive Participle (having been) written (having been) opened (having been) sold (having been) bought (having been) made / manufacture d

mktub(a)

)

)

mнlul(a)

)

)

mbiu (a)

)

)

mšri(a)

)

)

mṣnu (a)

)

)

Peace Corps / Morocco • 153 Some examples: This tray is made of silver. These boxes have something written on them. This letter is written; I need only a stamp to send it. Go to my room, the door is open.

had ṣ-ṣiniya iniya mṣnu a mn l-fḍ ḍḍa. a. had ṣnadq nadq mktub lihum ši l-нaja. had l-bra mktuba, xṣṣṣni ni ġir ttanbr baš n-ṣifṭ ifṭha. ha. sir l l-bit dyali rah l-bab mнlul.

. . . .

Intransitive Verbs with Only One Participle Verb Stem to garnish

xḍ ḍ r

to cover

ġṭ ṭa

to travel

safr

to rest

rtaн

to go flat

tfš

to hide

xbba

Some examples: She is traveling now because she is on vacation. I’m relaxed since I finished my work. The tajine is garnished with prunes and almonds. He is covered with a blanket because he is cold. She was hidden behind the door.

Participle having garnished having been garnished having covered having been covered having traveled having been traveled having rested having been rested having gone flat having been gone flat having hidden having been hidden

mxḍ ḍḍr(a)

)

)

mġṭṭtị (a)

)

)

msafr(a)

)

)

mrtaн(a) mfšuš(a) mxbbi(a)

) )

) )

)

hiya msafra daba нit ndha uṭla. la. ana mrtaн mlli kmmlt l-xdma dyali. ṭ-ṭ -ṭajin ajin mxḍ ḍḍr b l-brquq u l-luz. huwa mġṭṭtị b l-kaša нit jah l-brd. kant mxbbya mur l-bab.

)

. . . . .

Exercise:In the sentences below, supply the proper form of the participle of the verb written in parentheses. 1. Aicha (safr) l fransa. 2. kant Sara (нll) l-bab. 3. ḍ -ḍ -ḍ ar dya dyall нsn (ba ) 4. kant Layla (mša) s-suq. 5. laš xlliti s-srjm (нll). 6. l-b l-bar arнн mlli mlli jit jit kan kantt xti xti (n s). s).

1. 2.

6.

( ( ) 3. ) 4. ( ) 5. ) )

)

. . ) . ). ).

154 • Moroccan Arabic 7. l-qamija dyali (wssx). 8. weš (sdd) l-bab dyal l-kuzina? 9. kant kant Su ad (ġab (ġab)) l-ba l-barн rн.. 10. ṭiybt iybt d-dj d-djaj aj ( mmr) mmr) b l-luz. l-luz. 11. had l-kas (ṣn ) f fransa. 12. weš kant Erika (gls) f ḍ -ḍ -ḍ ar? 13. had had l-kta l-ktabb (trjm) (trjm) mn l- rbiya rbiya l n-ngliziya. 14. an ana ( rf) blli dju djunn (r (rj ) l-mġrib.

Conjunctions

7.

)

).

8.

( ) 9.

(

1 0. 11.

(

12.

(

1 3. 14.

(

)

) )

. . .

)

.

) ( ) (

(

) .

either ... or Either send a letter or call me. in order to I am learning Arabic in order to talk to people. if I want to know if you read this book.

imma ... wlla imma ṣifṭ ifṭ liya bra wlla iyṭ liya f t-tilifun. baš kan-t llm l- rbiya baš n-t n-tkllm kllm m a n-n n-nas as.. w eš bġitit nbġ n- rf weš weš qri qrititi had had l-ktab.

...

when / since When I came to Rabat I took the train. I have been sick since I came to Rabat. who / whom / which / that The man who is sitting at that table is my friend. The book that I read is important. until I won’t sleep until I finish this book. as soon as As soon as I finished my work I went out. whenever Whenever I am upset I cry. although / even though Although John is not a Muslim he fasts. bu t

mlli / mnin mlli / mnin jit l r-rbaṭ šddit t-tran. mlli jit l r-rbaṭ u ana mriḍ a. a.

/ /

l-li r-rajl l-li gals f dik ṭ-ṭ -ṭbla bla ṣaнbi. aнbi. l-ktab l-li qrit muhimm. нtta ma-ġ ma-ġad adi-i-šš n-n n-n s нtt нttaa n-kmml had l-ktab. ġi r ġir kmmlt l-xdma dyali u xrjt. wqt mma wqt mma tqllqt kan-bki. waxxa waxxa John maši muslim kay-ṣum. um. welakin

. . .

. . . . . . . .

Peace Corps / Morocco • 155 bġitit n- awnk bġ awnk welak welakin in I want to help you but I . can’t. ma-qddit-š. before qbl ma This conjunction requires the present tense without the prefix ka ( ), even even ifif the the past past is referred to. dima kan kan-qr -qraa qbl qbl ma n-n n-n s. I always read before I sleep. dima . b d ma after In sentences having having this conjunctio conjunction, n, the verb of the subsequent subsequent phrase has to be in the same tense as the first one. After I went home, I b d ma mš mšit l ḍ -ḍ ar, ar, duwšt. . showered. that bl l i I knew that you weren’t rft blli ma-knti-š. . there. since / when / because н it Since you had a lot of work, нit ndk l-xdma bzzaf laš why did you go to the mšiti l s-sinima? cinema? When I was in Marrakech I нit knt f Marrakech mšit l went to the Menara. l-Menara. . I went to the doctor because mšit l ṭ-ṭ -ṭbib bib нit knt mriḍ . I was sick. . because He didn’t go to school because he didn’t wake up early. without They talked without thinking. wherever Wherever there is water there is life. then I ate then slept.

laнqqaš ma-mša-š l l-mdrasa laнqqaš ma-faq-š bkri.

.

bl a m a hḍ ru bla ma y-fkru.

.

fin mma fin mma kayn l-ma, kayna l-нayat. ad klit ad n st.

. .

Exercise:Fill in the blanks bl anks with the appropriate conjunction from the list. baš

нit

mlli

laнqq aš

1. ma-ġadi-š n-safr ____ t-ji.

ad

нtta

bl l i

weš bla ma l-li welaki qbl n

1.

__ ____

.

156 • Moroccan Arabic 2. xṣṣṣk tt- rf rfii ___ _____ нtt нttaa ši ši нaja нaja mas maṣ̣ iba. iba. 3. bġit n-duwš ____ n-rtaн. 4. bġau bġau y- rfu ____ ____ kayna kayna ši ši mdrasa mdrasa hna. hna. 5. d-dw d-dwaa ___ _____ st st mlt mzya mzyan. n. 6. ____ kant mriḍ a mšat l nd ṭ-ṭbib. bib. 7. bġat bġat t-šufu t-šufu ____ ____ mama- ndha-š ndha-š l-wqt l-wqt.. 8. fkkr ____ jawb. 9. l-mdina ____ knt sakn fiha kbira. 10.. ktb 10 ktbtt bra bra ____ ____ n st. st. 11. kay-akul ____ y-ġsl yddih ____ kay-akul b l-fršiṭa. a. 12. ma-safrat-š ma-safrat-š ____ ma- ndha-š ndha-š l-flus. l-flus.

2. 3.

4. 6. ____ 7. 9. 11. 12.

____

5.

____ ____

____

____ 8. ____ ____ 10. ____ ____ ____ ____

. . . . . . . . . . .


More Useful Expressions You were given some useful expressions expre ssions on pages 19 to 21 21.. Here are more expressions, including many “God phrases.”

God Phrases May God bless your parents.

(used often when asking for a service / information or to express gratitude to someone) Our parents and yours. (a response to the above) May God cure you. (used to show sympathy toward a sick person)

lla y-rнm l-walidin.

.

walidina u walidik.

.

lla y-šafi.

.

May God not show you any lhla y-wrrik bas. harm. (a response to the above) May God magnify the good deeds. (used to offer condolences ajarakum llah. for someone’s death)

May God make your child a good person. (used to

. .

lla y-ṣlн.

.

(used when saying goodbye to a friend or congratulating him/her on a job well done)

tbark llah lik.

.

May God grant you grace.

lla y-bark fik.

.

ullah.

.

нašak.

.

complement a parent on his/her child)

May God grant you grace.

(response to the above) I swear to God. (expresses that what you said was true) Used to express “excuse me” when someone does something for you, such as: hands you socks or shoes, pours water over your hands to wash them, etc. It is also also used when the speaker mentions words like “donkey” or “trash.”

May God grant you pride and honor. (used as a response to the above)

Used on the arrival of somebody after a trip. Response to the above. May God make your life easier. (said to beggars)

zzk llah.

.

la slamtk.

.

lla y-sllmk.

.

lla y-shl.

.

weš ymkn ymkn lik lik tt- awnn awnni? i? ila jat la xaṭrk. rk.

.

Other Expressions Would you please help me? If you don’t mind.

158 • Moroccan Arabic It is my pleasure. You’re welcome. God forgives. It is all right. (no harm done) There is no harm. (response to apology) That’s fine. I’m going on ... and I’ll be back on ... Really ?/! It’s shameful. Shame on you. It’s none of your business. Hurry up. You are right. I agree with you. Watch out! Move aside. How do we say ... in Arabic? Is there another word? Is there an easy word?

la r-ra r-rass u l- in. in. la šukran la wajib. lla y-samн. ši bas ma kayn.

. . . .

ma fiha bas.

.

d-dnya hanya. ġadi n-mši nhar... u ġadi n-rj nhar... ḅ sṣн ?/! нšuma нšuma lik. maši šġlk. srbi / dġya / ̣ tlq rask. ndk l-нqq. ana mt mttafq m ak. ndak! balak. kifaš kifaš kan-g kan-gulu ulu ... b l- rbiya. rbiya. weš kayna ši klma xura? weš kayna ši klma sahla?

. ... ... /!

/

...

/

. . . . . ! . .


Moroccan Holidays Holidays Holidays in Morocco Morocco are extremely important and festive occasions. occasions. Women and girls have henna parties and come out of their houses to celebrate. Visitors are entertained and gifts are exchanged among friends. Particular religious rites are performed. Special sweets and foods are washed down by glass after glass of mint tea as everyone gets caught up in the socializing and celebrating.

Religious Holidays

There are both religious and civil holidays in Morocco. The Gregorian calendar, based on solar computation, is used for civil purposes. This is the calendar Westerners generally use. The Islamic calendar, based on lunar computation, divides the year into twelve months which reoccur in varying relationship to the Gregorian year and complete their cycle every thirty years of 355 days. These thirty-year cycles consist of nineteen years of 354 days and eleven years of 355 days. Thus, the Islamic calendar gains 10 to 11 days a year on the Gregorian year. This calendar is called the Hegiran calendar because its starting point was the hegira, when Mohamed fled from Mecca in 622 of the Gregorian calendar. This calendar is used for religious purposes in Morocco. Month

Transcription Name muнarram ṣafar afar rabi l-luwl rabi t-tani jumada l-luwla jumada t-tanya rajab ša ban ramaḍ an an šuwal du l-qi da du l-нijja

Arabic

Festivals

10th of the month: ašura 1st 2nd 12th of the month: id l-mulud 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 15th of the month: š bana 8th 9th 1st of the month: l- id ṣ -ṣġir ġir 10th 11th -kbirr 10th of the month: l- id l-kbi 12th Here are descriptions of the major festivals:

ašura muнarram, the first month of the Islamic year, is in Morocco called šhr ašura, the month of the ašura. It has derived this name from the feast on the tenth day of the month. This day, called nhar ašura is the Islamic New Year’s Day. It is said that Allah

created Adam and Eve, heaven and hell, and life and death on the 10 th. The month of ašura is rich in magical qualities. The ninth and particularly the tenth day are blessed days, and on the latter, many sacred or wonderful events are said to have taken place in the past. In Morocco, baraka is also generally ascribed to those days. Magic, good, or evil is extensively practiced on the ašura day and on the preceding

160 • Moroccan Arabic night which is said to favor witches. People gather and many wear masks and costumes and speak in disguised voices on the night before the ašura. It is believed that magic practiced at this time of year will produce an effect which lasts for the whole year. Good food has a place in the rejoicing of ašura, in accordance with the traditional saying of the Prophet, “Who give the plenty to his household on the ašura day, God will bestow plenty upon him throughout the remainder of the year.” Cow, bullock, goat, sheep, dried dates, and eggs are fixed according to local custom. Visits to the graves of relatives and alms-giving are common at this time. Of great interest are the fire and water rites practiced at ašura, to which purificatory and other beneficial effects are ascribed. On ašura eve, “the bonfire night” fires are built throughout the town and the people sing and dance around them. The chief object of the rite is to purify men and animals or to protect them from evil influences, since there is “baraka” (blessings) from those fires. Similar effects are attributed to the water rites which even more frequently are practiced on the following morning. It is a general belief that there is baraka in all water on this morning. To take a bath on the morning of the ašura day is a very wide-spread custom, and in many cases it was expressly said that it must be done before sunrise. Children are traditionally involved in this festival. They dress-up, play small drums, and are given gifts during this holiday.

id l-mulud In Morocco, the third month of the Islamic year is called šhr l-mulud, the month of the mulud. These names are given because of the feast celebrating the birth of the Prophet which commences on the twelfth day of the month and lasts for several days. The mulud is a particularly blessed month and all children born during it are considered fortunate. The Prophet’s Birthday has more significance in Morocco because Morocco is a Kingdom rather than a republic, and King Mohamed VI is a descendant of the Prophet. The anniversary is brilliantly celebrated at the Imperial Palace in Rabat and in the evening in Sale a great procession of candles takes place. In Meknes the Aissaoua brotherhood has its own unique celebration worth seeing. Followers of the holy man, l-hadi Ben Aissa throng to Meknes and play music, dance, celebrate and make what is called “the small pilgrimage” to nearby saints’ tombs.

š bana The eighth month of the Moroccan year is called call ed š ban. On the fifteenth day a festival known as š bana takes place. According to legend, this is the day that Allah “registers all the actions of mankind which they are to perform during the year and all the children of men who are to be born and die in the year.” Traditionally, barren women gather in homes in the neighborhood and cook a couscous meal with special spices. This meal is eaten by the women and children at home or in the mosque. The barren women in the group hope this will help them to give birth during the upcoming year. š bana is also the month before the month of fasting, Ramadan. People think of the difficult month ahead and have a feast. Craftsmen guilds often have parties on this night involving music and feasting.

laylatu l-qadr Ramadan is the ninth month of the Islamic year. The most important feature of Ramadan is the complete abstinence from food, drink and sexual activity from daybreak

Peace Corps / Morocco • 161 to sunset. Every Muslim who has reached the age of puberty must fast. Pregnant women, menstruating women, travelers, and those who are ill are exempt from fasting, but should make it up at a later date. According Islam, there is one night in Ramadan which is more important than any other, namely, laylatu l-qadr, “the night of power.” The Koran is said to have been sent down to the Prophet on that night. This night is one of the last ten nights of Ramadan, but its exact date has not been discovered by anyone but the Prophet himself. Tradition fixes it to be one of the odd nights—the 21 st, 23rd, 25th, 27th, or 29th—and in Morocco it is celebrated on the 27 th day. On the night of the 27 th, the men go to the mosque to pray. From sundown to daybreak, the imam (the prayer leader) reads the Koran. The complete Koran is read before the sun rises. It is believed by some that the sky will open up during this night and wishes will ascend directly to Allah and be granted. During the night, special meals of couscous are prepared and brought to the mosques. Those unable to go to the mosque eat specially prepared meals at home. Each family gives part of the meal to the poor.

l- id ṣ-ṣ ġir Immediately following Ramadan is l- id ṣṣ-ṣ ġir, or “the little feast.” Everyone stays up very late hoping to hear the announcement that the new moon has been sighted and Ramadan and fasting are over. When it has officially been sighted, a three-day festival ensues in which alms-giving plays a major role. The alms usually consist of food items like wheat or barley, and each family does the best it can. The chief religious rite of the feast is a prayer service at the mosque.

l- id l-kbir On the tenth day of the month du l-нijja, the last month of the year, the Islamic world celebrates its yearly sacrificial feast. In Morocco it is known as l- id l-kb -kbir or “the great feast.” feast.” This is the central feast in Islam, comparable comparable to and derived from the feast of the atonement, Abraham’s substitute sacrifice, for the remission of sins. Hence, the animal sacrificed must be mature and without blemish. Every family must have its own sheep just as Americans need turkeys for the proper celebration of Thanksgiving. Those who cannot afford a sheep buy a lamb or another less expensive animal. In Morocco, the animal cannot be slain until the King has killed his sheep. Then in each household, the head of the family kills the sheep (sometimes a butcher is asked to come to the house and perform the ritual). The sheep is eaten in an orderly fashion determined by local custom. For example, on the first day, the liver, heart, stomach, and lungs are eaten. On the second day, normally the head and feet are eaten. However, the head and feet can be eaten on the first day if that is the local custom. There are purification and sanctification customs and rites that prepare the people for the holy feast and its principal feature, the sacrifice. People must purify and sanctify themselves in order to benefit from the holy feast and its sacrifice. Personal cleanliness should be observed. Men and boys visit the barber and often make a trip to the hammam as well. Henna is used not merely as a cosmetic, but as a means of protection against evil influences. Women paint their hands with it and, in many cases, also their feet. Among some ethnic groups, henna is also applied to domestic animals. Alms-giving and prayer are two other purification rites practiced during the great feast. Gifts are exchanged between family members and a portion of the meal is given to the poor. The day begins with prayer. The chief praying ceremony takes place in the morning at the mosque.


Moussems

Many Moroccan communities commemorate local saints, or “marabous,” in a yearly festiva festivall or “mouss “moussem. em.”” Most moussem moussemss are held near the tomb of the marabou marabou and involve music, dancing and fantasia. For a very famous marabou’s moussem, moussem, people will come from very far away. Some very famous moussems celebrate Moulay Bouchaib (near El Jadid Jadida) a),, Moul Moulay ay Brah Brahim im (nea (nearr Marr Marrak akec ech) h),, Moula Moulayy Ya qu qubb (Fes (Fes), ), and and Moul Moulay ay Idris Idrisss (Moulay Idriss). Many towns have their own moussems known only to those in the region.

National Holidays

In addition to the religious holidays, some important civil holidays commemorating significant events in Morocco’s recent history are celebrated. The most important of these are are Inde Indepen penden dence ce Day, Day, the the Thro Throne ne feas feast, t, Green Green Marc Marchh Day, Day, and and King King Moha Mohame med’ d’ss birthday. The Festival of the Throne, or id l- rš, is the biggest of the civil holidays. This festival commemorates commemorates the coming to power of the King on July 30, 1999. Celebrations Celebrations including including parades with nationalistic anthems, usually occur in the cities with local government officials, like the governor, making appearances. Traditionally during this holiday, country people come to visit their city relatives, who are expected to feed and house them for the duration of the festival. There is often a special emphasis on improving the appearance of the the town town prior prior to this this holi holida day. y. City City emplo employe yees es clea cleann stree streets ts and and paint paint wall walls, s, and and town townsp speo eople ple are are some sometitimes mes requ requir ired ed by gover governm nmen entt offi offici cials als to pain paintt their their door doors, s, whitewash their houses, and display flags. Green March Day is also celebrated by large parades in most of Morocco. This day commemorates one of the greatest achievements of King Hassan II: the mobilization of 350,000 Moroccans for the march into the Sahara territory. On November 6, 1975, the first Moroccan Moroccan marchers, marchers, under the leadership leadership of the then Prime Minister Minister Ahmed Osman, Osman, set out from Tarfaya and entered the Spanish territory. During the celebration, those who went on the actual march once again dress up in green and re-enact the march. Independence Day, or id l-istiqlal, commemorates the November 18, 1956 return of Moha Mohame medd V from from his his Frenc Frenchh-imp impos osed ed exil exilee in Mada Madaga gasc scar ar.. This This day day gives gives ris risee to receptions at the Imperial Palace and parades and celebrations all over Morocco. The last of these major national holidays celebrates the King’s Birthday, August 21, 1962. There are many organized celebrations in Rabat and broadcasts on the radio praising the King.

Regional Festivals

There are also many regional festivals which are centered around a particular product in which a region specializes. The product is displayed and sold; music and other activities take place in an atmosphere similar to a country fair. Some famous regional festivals are the Cherry Festival in Sefrou, the Date Festival in Erfoud, the Rose Festival Festival in El-Kelaa El-Kelaa M’Gouna M’Gouna (near Ouarzazate Ouarzazate), ), the Marrakech Marrakech Folklore and Music Festival, and the Immouzer Honey Festival (near Agadir). One of the most interesting festivals in Morocco is the re-enactment of an ancient market in the High Atlas mountains. At one time, these very isolated High Atlas tribes would gather yearly at a specific point near Imilchil where many mountain paths met for the yearly “market.” Provisions for many months were bought and sold and at one time one of the reasons for coming was to acquire a bride. Men would meet a girl for the first time and pay her dowry then take her home. Some say this practice still exists and others say it is just a re-enactment for tourists, but in any case, it is a large market where many Berbers still buy many of the coming year’s provisions.

Peace Corps / Morocco • 163 Religious, civil, and regional festivals are an excellent chance to get out and see interesting things, meet people on an informal basis, and have fun. Dates of these celebrations can be obtained from the national tourist office branches in many cities, but people in your community will usually provide you with the information about your region. It should be noted that the same festival may be celebrated somewhat differently in various sections of the country. For example, in Errachidia Province, a far greater emphasis is put on Green March Day than in other sections of Morocco because that province provided the first contingent for the march. Be sure to check out the expectations of your community for a particular holiday, particularly in terms of visitation, entertaining, gift-giving, and participation, so you can get as involved as possible and enjoy the holidays.


Glossary of Verbs This glossary provides provi des both the present tense and past tense conjugations for the subject “I,” making it possible for you to determine how to conjugate irregular verbs. English

absent, to be able, to be absorb abort (a fetus) accept accomplish accuse accustom ache acknowledge acquaint with, become acquainted with, sth/sb add adopt (a child, an idea) advance advise affect afraid (of), to be age (get old) agree (with) amuse

ġab qd r šrb sqq̣ t q bl нqqeq ttahm t uw d wllf wj ḍ rr tarf b

First Person Present Tense

kan-ġib kan-qdr kan-šrb kan-sqq̣ t kan-qbl kan-нqqeq kan-ttahm kan-t uwd kan-wllf kan-wj kạ n-drr kan- tarf

First Person Past Tense

ġbt qdrt šrbt sqq̣ t t qblt нqqeqt ttahmt t uwdt wllft wj t ̣ drrit tarft

t arf m a

kan-t arf

t arft

t rrf m a zad

kan-t rrf kan-zid

t rrft zdt

tbnna

kan-tbnna

tbnnit

Transcription

tqddm ̣ nsн attr la xaf (mn) šrf ttafq (m a) nṣ̌ št ḍ ннk analyze нllel angry, to be tqllq ṣdd annoy answer jawb appear ban applaud ̣ sffq apply (a rule, an idea) ṭ bbq

Arabic

) )

kan-tqddm tqddmt kaṇ -nsн ̣ nsнt kan-attr attrt ) kan-xaf xft kan-šrf šrft ) kan-ttafq ttafqt kan-nṣ̌ št nṣ̌ št t kaṇ -dннk ̣ dннkt kan-нllel нllelt kan-tqllq tqllqt kạ n-sdd ̣ sdd t kan-jawb jawbt kan-ban bnt kaṇ -sffq ̣ sffqt kaṇ -tbbq ̣ tbbqt

Peace Corps / Morocco • 165 English

apply for (a job) appoint approach argue (with) arrange arrest sb

Transcription

qddm ṭ alab iyn qrrb mn txaṣm (m a) rttb šdd н bs qbṭ la arrive ̣ wsl arrive, to make wṣ ṣl ṭl ascend ask suwl ask (in marriage) xṭ b assemble (parts) r kk b hjm la attack attempt нawl attend ̣ нdr f attention, pay rdd l-bal нḍ a rasu avoid t jnnb banter tflla bargain ṭ štṭr bark nbн bathe ġsl tнmmem be kan beat (drum) ̣ tbbl beat sb (in a game) ġl b become wlla become accustomed wllf tṣaнb m a befriend beg r ġb ṭlb begin bda tgrr belch/burp believe sb tiyq believe (in) amn (b)


Arabic

)

)

)

)


kan-qddm qddmt kan- iyn iynt kan-qrrb qrrbt kan-txaṣ m txạ smt kan-rttb rttbt kan-šdd šddit kan-нbs нbst kan-qḅt qḅt t kan-̣ wsl ̣ wslt kan-̣ wsṣl ̣ wsṣltlt ḳan-tl ṭl t kan-suwl suwlt kaṇ -xtb ̣ xtbt kan-rkkb rkkbt kan-hjm hjm t kan-нawl нawlt kan-н̣ dr ̣ нdrt kan-rdd l-bal rddit l-bal kan-нḍ i rasi нḍ it rasi kan-tjnnb tjnnbt kan-tflla tfllit kan-̣ tštṭr ṭ štṭrt rt kan-nbн nbнt kan-ġsl ġslt kan-tнmmem tнmmemt kan-kun kn t kaṇ -tbbl ̣ tbblt kan-ġlb ġ l bt kan-wlli wllit kan-wllf wllft kan-tṣaнb ṭ saнbt kan-rġb rġbt kạ n-tlb ̣ tlbt kan-bda b di t kan-tgrr tgrr t kan-tiyq tiyqt kan-amn amnt

166 • Moroccan Arabic English


kan-stafd kan-xun kan-kbbr kan-wld kaṇ - d ̣ d kan-nfx kan-frg kan-ġlli kan-tzad kan-tsllf kan-нdr kan-hrrs kan-thrrs


stafdt x nt kbbrt wldt ̣ d ḍ itit nfxt frg t ġllit tzadt tsllft нdrt hrrst thrrst

txssr

kan-txssr

txssrt

tnffs

kan-tnffs

tnffst jbt

Transcription

Arabic

benefit (from) betray bigger, to make birth, to give bite blow up (with air) blow up (explode) boil born, to be borrow bow break broken, to be break down (machine) breathe bring

stafd (mn) xan k bb r w ld ̣ ḍ d nfx frg ġl l a tzad tsllf нdr hrrs thrrs

jab

kan-jib

brush (hair) bu i l d burn burnt, to be burst (pipe) bury buy call call on the phone

mṣ̌ t bna нrq tнrq tfrg df n šra iyṭ l/ la ḍ rb t tilifun iyṭ l

kan-mṣ̌ t kan-bni kan-нrq kan-tнrq kan-tfrg kan-dfn kan-šri kan- iy iỵ t kan-ḍ rb kan- iy iỵ t

calm, to be (to not worry) can camp capture care of, to take carry carve (wood) cash catch

thnna

kan-thnna

thnnit

qd r xiym q̣ bt thla f hzz n qš srrf šdd

kan-qdr kan-xiym kan-q̣ bt kan-thla kan-hzz kan-nqš kaṇ -srrf kan-šdd

qdrt xiymt q̣ bt t thlat hzzit nqšt ̣ srrft šddit

̣

)

/

)

ṃšt

t bnit нrqt tнrqt tfrg t dfnt šrit iỵ t t ̣ drbt iỵ t t


catch up (with) cause celebrate censor (prices, film) change change (money) change (weather) charge of, to be in cheat cheat (exam) cheat out of chew choose churn clap clarify clean clean (pipes) climb clog close close eyes cold, to make collapse collect come comment compare complain about complain to complete concentrate concern

Transcription

q̣bt xlṭ la lнq la sbbeb tsbbeb f нtafl b raqb bddl ṣ rrf tbddl tkllf b ġšš n ql šmt ̣ mdġ xtar ṃ xd ̣ sffq šrн wḍ ḍḍн nqqa srrн ṭl x nq sdd ġmṃ d brrd rab jm ja llq qarn bin tškka mn tškka la k mm l rkkz hm m

Arabic



kan-xtar

xtarit

kan-q̣bt q̣bt t kan-xḷ t xḷ t t kan-lнq lнqt kan-sbbeb sbbebt kan-tsbbeb tsbbebt kan-нtafl нtaflt kan-raqb raqbt kan-bddl b d dl t kaṇ -srrf ̣ srrft kan-tbddl tbddlt kan-tkllf tkllft kan-ġšš ġššit kan-nql n ql t kan-šmt šmtt kan-̣ mdġ ̣mdġt kan-ṃ xd ṃ xd t kaṇ -sffq ̣ sffqt kan-šrн šrнt kan-̣ wdḍ н w нt ̣ dḍ нt kan-nqqi n qqi t kan-srrн srrнt ḳan-tl ṭl t kan-xnq xnqt kan-sdd sddit kan-ġmṃ d ġmṃ d t kan-brrd brrdt kan-rib rbt kan-jm jm t kan-ji ji t kan- llq l l qt kan-qarn qarnt kan-tškka tškkit kan-tškka tškkit kan-kmml kmmlt kan-rkkz rkkzt kay-hmm hm m


Transcription

concerned with, to be httm b tarf confess confuse нiyr confused, to be нar congratulate hnna conjugate ̣ srrf connect ṛ bt tšawr (m a) consult (with) contact tạ sl b content with, to be rḍ a la (give your blessing to) continue in sth stamr f tab continue studies contribute sahm control tнkkm f raqb cook ̣ tiyb t awn (m a) cooperate (with) cope sllk copy (by hand) nql copy (photocopy) nsx correct ̣ sннeн cost swa cough kнн kнb count нsb cram into xša crazy, to be нm q crazy, to make нmm q create x lq ̣ qt cross (road) cross-breed lqqm cry bka cry, to make bkk a cure dawa cured, to be br a

Arabic

)


kan-httm kan- tarf kan-нiyr kan-нir kan-hnni kaṇ -srrf kan-ṛ bt ) kan-tšawr kan-tạ sl kan-rḍ i

)


httmt tarft нiyrt нrt hnnit ̣ srrft ṛ bt t tšawrt ṭ aslt ̣ rdit

kan-stamr stamrt kan-tab tab t kan-sahm sahmt kan-tнkkm tнkkmt kan-raqb raqbt kaṇ -tiyb ̣ tiybt kan-t awn t awnt ) kan-sllk sllkt kan-nql nqlt kan-nsx nsxt kaṇ -sннeн ̣ sннeнt kan-swa swit kan-kнн kннit kan-kнb kнbt kan-нsb нsbt kan-xši xšit kan-нmq нmqt kan-нmmq нmmqt kan-xlq xlqt kan-̣ qt ̣ qt t kan-lqqm lqqmt kan-bki bkit kan-bkki bkkit kan-dawi dawit kan-bra brit


cut cut (hair) cut/injure (skin) cut/injured, to be cut( a pattern from cloth) damage dampen damp, to get dance deafen deal with sb decide declare decrease dedicate defeat defend define defy delay deprive descend describe deserve design desire strongly destroy develop develop (film) die differ (from) dig digest dinner, to have direct

Transcription

Arabic

̣ qt нssn jrн tjrн


kan-̣ qt ̣ qt t kan-нssn kan-jrн kan-tjrн


нssnt jrнt tjrнt

fṣṣṣl

kaṇ -fsṣl

̣ fsṣltlt

xssr fzzg fzg

kan-xssr kan-fzzg kan-fzg

xssrt fzzgt fzgt

н̣ št ̣ smmk t aml m a qrrer ln ṇqs hda ġl b daf la нdded tнdda ṭṭtḷ нrm ḥ bt nzl ẉ sf staнq ̣ xtṭ̣ et mat la hddm ̣ tuwr xrrj mat xtalf (m (m a) нfr ̣ hd m t šša wjjh

kan-̣ št н

)

̣ štнt

kaṇ -smmk ̣ smmkt kan-t aml t amlt kan-qrrer qrrert kan- ln l nt kan-ṇqs ṇqs t kan-hdi h di t kan-ġlb ġ l bt kan-daf daf t kan-нdded нddedt kan-tнdda tнddit kaṇ - tṭl ṭṭtltḷ t kan-нrm нrmt kan-ḥ bt ḥ bt t kan-nzl nzlt kan-̣ wsf ̣ wsft kan-staнq staнqt kan-̣ xt ṭẹ t x̣ t ṭeṭ eṭt kan-mut m tt kan-hddm hddmt kaṇ -tuwr ̣ tuwrt kan-xrrj xrrjt kan-mut mtt ) kan-xtalf xtalft kan-нfr н fr t kaṇ -hdm ̣ hdmt kan-t šša t ššit kan-wjjh wjjht


Transcription

direct (as an order) dirty, to make dirty, to get disappear discipline discover discuss (a topic) dislike dissolve sth distribute distance oneself (from) divide divorce dizzy, to get dizzy, to make do drag draw draw up (water from a well) dream (about) dress dress up (slang) drink drink, to make drip drive drive crazy drop sth drown drunk, to get dry, to get dry sth

Arabic

amr wssx tussx ġb r addb rbba ktašf naqš ma-нml-š krh duwb frrq b

d (mn)

)

)

qsm ̣ tllq dax duwx dar jr r rsm

amrt

kan-wssx

wssxt

kan-tussx kan-ġbr kan-addb kan-rbbi kan-ktašf kan-naqš ma-kan-нml-š kan-krh kan-duwb kan-frrq

tussxt ġbrt addbt rbbit ktašft naqšt ma-нmlt-š krht duwbt frrqt

kan-b

b

d

kan-jbd )

)


kan-amr

kan-qsm kạn-tllq kan-dux kan-duwx kan-dir kan-jrr kan-rsm

jbd нlm (b) l bs tfrks šrb šrrb ̣ qtr ̣ sag нmm q ̣ tiyн ġrq skr nšf y bs nššf


kan-нlm kan-lbs kan-tfrks kan-šrb kan-šrrb kaṇ -qtr kạ n-sug kan-нmmq kaṇ -tiyн kan-ġrq kan-skr kan-nšf kan-ybs kan-nššf

dt

qsmt ̣ tllqt dxt duwxt drt jrrit rsmt jbdt нlmt lbst tfrkst šrbt šrrbt ̣ qtrt ̣ sgt нmmqt ̣ tiyнt ġrqt skrt nšft ybst nššft


Transcription

dry (a wet floor) dye earn (money) easy, to make eat eat breakfast eat lunch eat dinner economize elect embarrass sb embarrassed, to be embrace embrace Islam emigrate empty encourage enjoy sth enroll enter envy erase

y bbs jffef sbġ ̣ suwr shhl kla f̣ tr tġdda t šša qtạ sd ntaxb нššm нšm anq slm hajr xw a šjj t br tsjjl dxl нsd msн mнa

̣

Arabic


kan-ybbs kan-jffef kạ n-sbġ kaṇ -suwr kan-shhl kan-akul kaṇ -ftr kan-tġdda kan-t šša kan-qṭ asd kan-ntaxb kan-нššm kan-нšm kan- anq kan-slm kan-hajr kan-xwi kan-šjj kan-tbr kan-tsjjl kan-dxl kan-нsd kan-msн kan-mнi


ybbst jffeft ̣ sbġt ̣ suwrt shhlt kl i t ̣ ftrt tġddit t ššit qtạ sdt ntaxbt нššmt нšmt anqt slmt hajrt xwit šjj t t br t tsjjlt dxlt нsdt msнt mнit

escape

hr b

kan-hrb

hrbt

estimate evacuate (house/country) evict evolve exaggerate (slang) exchange exhibit exit expensive, to get experience

q dd r

kan-qddr

qddrt

xw a

kan-xwi

xwit

xrrj ̣ ttuwr balġ tbadl m a ̣ rd xrj ġla jrrb

kan-xrrj kaṇ-ttuwr kan-balġ kan-tbadl kan- ̣ rd ̣ rd kan-xrj kay-ġla kan-jrrb

xrrjt ̣ttuwrt balġt tbadlt t xrjt ġ la jrrbt


expire explain explode exploit export express exterminate face facilitate fail faint fall fall, to make fake fart falsify fast fear feed feed fodder feel ferment fight (physically) fill (intransitive) fill out fill up filter finance find finish finished, to be fish fix flatten (bread)

Transcription

tqạ da šrн fssr tfrg staġl ̣ sddr bb r txllṣ mn tqabl m a shhl ṣ qt sxf ̣ taн ̣ tiyн zuwr нzq zuwr ̣ sam x af wk k l ll f нss xm r tdabz mr mm r mm r ̣ sffa muwl lqa kmml sala tsala ̣ siyd sawb ̣ ṣlн grṛ s

Arabic



kan-xmr

xmrt

kay-tq̣ada tqạ da kan-šrн šrнt kan-fssr fssrt kan-tfrg tfrg t kan-staġl staġlt kaṇ -sddr ̣ sddrt kan- bbr bbrt kan-txlḷ s txlḷ s t kan-tqabl tqablt kan-shhl shhlt kan-ṣ qt ṣ qt t kan-sxf sxft kạ n-tiн ̣ tнt kaṇ -tiyн ̣ tiyнt kan-zuwr zuwrt kan-нzq нzqt kan-zuwr zuwrt kạ n-sum ̣ smt kan-xaf xft kan-wkkl wkklt kan- llf llft kan-нss нssit kan-tdabz kan- mr kan- mmr kan- mmr kaṇ -sffi kan-muwl kan-lqa kan-kmml kan-sali kan-tsala kaṇ -siyd kaṇ -sawb kạ n-slн kan-grṛ s

tdabzt mrt mmrt mmrt ̣ sffit muwlt lqit kmmlt salit tsalit ̣ siydt ̣ sawbt ̣ slнt grṛ s t


flatter (a female) flee flip fly fold follow forbid force open forge (signature) forget forgive foretell free freeze freeze sth fry fulfill sth full (of food), to be fun, to make fun of, to make gain gamble gather gather (with people) gaze generalize generate get get down get off get on

Transcription

tġzzl b hr b ql b tar ̣ ̣ twa tb нrrm fr zuwr nsa smн l tnbba нrrer ṭlq jmd j mm d qla нqqeq šb ̣ dнk ṇ št ḍ ннk ннk la tflla la ksb rbн qmmr jm jtam нnzez mme m wlld xda šdd ḥ bt nzl rkb

Arabic


kan-tġzzl kan-hrb kan-qlb kạ n-tir kạ n-twi kan-tb kan-нrrm kan-fr kan-zuwr kan-nsa kan-smн kan-tnbba' kan-нrrer kạ n-tlq kan-jmd kan-jmmd


tġzzlt hrbt q l bt ̣ trt ̣ twit tb t нrrmt fr t zuwrt nsit smнt tnbba't нrrert ̣ tlqt jmdt j m m dt

kan-qli kan-нqqeq kan-šb kạ n-dнk ̣ kan-ṇ št ṇ št kan-ḍ ннk ̣ kan-tflla kan-ksb kan-rbн kan-qmmr kan-jm kan-jtam kan-нnzez kan- mmem kan-wlld kan-axud kan-šdd kan-ḥ bt ḥ bt kan-nzl kan-rkb

ql i t нqqeqt šb t dнkt t dннkt tfllit ksbt rbнt qmmrt jm t jtam t нnzezt mmemt wlldt xdit šddit t nzlt rkbt


get rid of get sick get through get up get used to give give a ride give a speech give back give off give pain glare at gleam g l ue go go ahead of/in front of go by go out go through go up gossip about govern grab graze greet greet one another grill grind grow (get older/bigger)

Transcription

ṭl thnna mn txllṣ mn ṃ rd daz mn ṇ ad wllf ṭa dda wṣṣṣl x̣ tb rjj rdd ̣ tllq ̣ drr xnzr f lm ḍ wa ̣ lsṣq mša sbq daz la xrj daz mn ṭl ḥdr f нkm la q̣ bt šdd r a sllm la tsalm šwa ̣ tнn k br

Arabic



ḳan-tl ṭl t kan-thnna thnnit kan-txlḷ s txlḷ s t kan-ṃ rd ṃ rd t kan-duz dzt kan-ṇ ud t ̣ nd kan-wllf wllft kaṇ - ti ṭitit kan-ddi ddit kan-̣ wsṣl ̣ wsṣltlt kaṇ -xtb ̣ xtbt kan-rjj rjj t kan-rdd rddit kạn-tllq ̣ tllqt kạ n-drr ̣ drrit kan-xnzr xnzrt kan-lm lm t kạ n-dwi ̣ dwit kaṇ -lsṣq qt ̣ lsṣqt kan-mši mšit kan-sbq kan-duz kan-xrj kan-duz ḳan-tl kan-ḥ dr kan-нkm kan-q̣ bt q̣ bt kan-šdd kay-r a kan-sllm kan-tsalm kan-šwi kạ n-tнn ̣ kan-kbr

sbqt dzt xrjt dzt ṭl t ̣ hdrt нkmt t šddit r a sllmt tsalmt šwit tнnt kbrt


guarantee guard hand hang hang to dry happen happy, to be happy, to make harvest hatch hate have hear heat help herd hesitate hide sth hide (oneself) hire (a car) hit hit, to be hold honor hope house hug hug one another hungry, to be hunt hurry hurt ignore (slang) ill, to be ill, to make

̣ dmn ss m dd llq nšr wq jra ṭra fr н frrн н̣ sd tfqq̣ s krh nd sm sxxn


kạ n-dmn kan- ss kan-mdd kan- llq kan-nšr kay-wq kay-jra kạ y-tra kan-frн kan-frrн kaṇ -нsd kay-tfqq̣ s kan-krh n di kan-sm kan-sxxn


awn

kan- awn

awnt

Transcription

srн trdded xbba txbba kra dr b ̣ ̣tdrb šdd šrrf tmnna skkn nnq t anq ja ̣ si y d zrb ̣ drr miyk la ṃ rd mrṛ d

Arabic

̣ dmnt ssit m d di t l l qt nšrt wq jra ̣ tra frнt frrнt ̣ нsdt tfqq̣ s krht kan ndi sm t sxxnt

kan-srн srнt kan-trdded trddedt kan-xbba xbbit kan-txbba txbbit kan-kri krit kạ n-drb ̣ drbt kaṇ -tdrb ̣ tdrbt kan-šdd šddit kan-šrrf šrrft kan-tmnna tmnnit kan-skkn skknt kan- nnq n n qt kan-t anq t anqt kan-ju j t kaṇ -siyd ̣ siydt kan-zrb zrbt kạ n-drr ̣ drrit kan-miyk miykt kan-ṃ rd ṃ rd t kan-mrṛ d mrṛ d t


imagine imitate import impose imprison improve improvise increase indicate infect inform inherit injure inspect (education) install insult integrate interest interfere interrupt introduce invent invite iron irrigate irritate irritated, to be isolate

Transcription

̣ tsuwr txayl qlld stawrd ̣frd sjn šdd f l нbs нssn tнssn rtajl zad biyn ada

Arabic


kan-̣ tsuwr kan-txayl kan-qlld kan-stawrd kan-̣frd ̣frd kan-sjn kan-šdd kan-нssn kan-tнssn kan-rtajl kan-zid kan-biyn kan- adi


ṭ suwrt txaylt qlldt stawrdt t sjnt šddit нssnt tнssnt rtajlt zdt biynt adit

lm

kan- lm

lm t

x br wrt jrн fttš blạ sa rkkb ayr sbb dmj httm tdxxl q̣at qddm xtar rḍ la нdded sga sqa qllq tqllq hm m š

kan-xbr kan-wrt kan-jrн kan-fttš kan-bḷ asi kan-rkkb kan- ayr kan-sbb kan-dmj kay-httm kan-tdxxl kan-q̣at kan-qddm kan-xtar kan- ṛ d kan-нdded kan-sgi kan-sqi kan-qllq kan-tqllq kan-hmmš

xbrt wrtt jrнt fttšt blạ sit rkkbt ayrt sbbit dmjt httm tdxxlt q̣at qddmt xtar t ṛ d t нddedt sgit sqit qllqt tqllqt hmmšt


jealous, to be joke judge jump justify keep keep house kick (a ball) kidnap kiss knead know last (time) late, to be late, to make laugh laugh, to make lay down lay eggs lead leak lean learn leave leave (a house/city for another) leave alone leave behind le n d

Transcription

Arabic



zl ġar la ḍ нk tflla нkm la нasb nqqz brrer нtạ fd b нafḍ la qabl ̣d-̣ dar gabl ḍ -ḍ -ḍ ar šat qd f ̣ xtf bas

kan- zl kan-ġir kạ n-dнk kan-tflla kan-нkm kan-нasb kan-nqqz kan-brrer kan-нtafḍ kan-нafḍ kan-qabl kan-gabl kan-šut kan-qdf kaṇ -xtf kan-bus

zlt ġrt ̣ dнkt tfllit нkmt нasbt nqqzt brrert нtafḍ t нafḍ t qablt gablt štt qdft ̣ xtft bst

jn

kan- jn

jnt

rf bqa dam t ṭṭtḷ ṭṭtḷ ̣ dнk ḍ ннk н̣ tt biỵ d tz m sal qṭr tkka la t llm xrj

kan- rf rft kan-bqa b qi t kan-dum dmt kan-̣ t tṭl ̣ t tṭltlt kaṇ - tṭl ṭṭtltḷ t kạ n-dнk ̣ dнkt kaṇ -dннk ̣ dннkt kan-̣ нt ̣ t ̣ нt titị t kan-biỵ d biỵ d t kan-tz m tz mt kan-sil slt kaṇ -qtr ̣ qtrt kan-tkka tkkit kan-t llm t llmt kan-xrj xrjt

rнl

kan-rнl

rнlt

x ll a x ll a sllf

kan-xlli kan-xlli kan-sllf

x l l it x ll it sllft


lengthen lessen le t let go of liberate li e lift light like lighten (weight) li m it limp line, to draw a live (reside) loan lock look look after look alike look behind look down (on sb) look for look like look out (window) loosen lose lost, to be love


kaṇ -tuwl kan-qllel kan-xlli kan-̣ tlq kan-нrrer kan-kdb kan-hzz kan-š l kan-bġi kay jbni


̣ tuwlt qllelt xllit ̣ tlqt нrrert kdbt hzzit š lt knt baġi jbni

xffef

kan-xffef

xffeft

нdded н bs rj ṣ tṭr s kn sllf sdd surt šaf thlla f н̣ ad tšabh tlfft н gr qllb la šbh ban bнal ṭ ll ̣ tlq rxa rxf ̣ wdḍ r tllf tẉ dḍ r bġa

kan-нdded kan-нbs kan- rj kaṇ -stṭr kan-skn kan-sllf kan-sdd kan-surt kan-šuf kan-thlla kan-н̣ i d kan-tšabh kan-tlfft kan-нgr kan-qllb kan-šbh kan-ban kạ n-tll kạ n-tlq kan-rxi kan-rxf kan-̣ wdḍ r kan-tllf kan-tw ̣ dḍ r kan-bġi

нddedt нbst rjt rt ̣ stṭrt sknt sllft sddit surtt šft thllat

Transcription

̣ tuwl qllel xlla ̣ tlq mn нrrer kd b hzz š l bġa jb

Arabic

н̣ itd tšabht tlfftt нgrt qllbt šbht bnt ̣ tllit ̣ tlqt rxit rxft rt ̣ wdḍ rt tllft tẉ dḍ rt rt knt baġi


lower magnify maintain m ak e make difficult for sb maltreat (destroy) manipulate manufacture mark marry (with) marry off (daughter, etc.) massage (hammam) mean measure mediate meet meeting, to have melt memorize menace mess up migrate m il k mistake, to make a miss (a bus) 3rd person mi x monitor (exam) monopolize

Transcription

Arabic

mat la nzzl hbḅ t nq̣ s k bb r нafḍ la ̣ sawb dar ṣn tkrfs la krfs tнkkm ṣn

kan-mut kan-nzzl kan-hbḅ t kan-nq̣ s kan-kbbr kan-нafḍ kaṇ -sawb kan-dir kạ n-sn kan-tkrfs kan-krfs kan-tнkkm kạ n-sn

nqq̣ t ršm tzuwj (b)


kan-nqq̣ t


m tt nzzlt hbḅ t t nq̣ s t kbbrt нafḍ t ̣ sawbt drt ṣn t tkrfst krfst tнkkmt ṣn t nqq̣ t

t

kan-ršm kan-tzuwj

ršmt tzuwjt

zuwj

kan-zuwj

zuwjt

kssl na br twsṣ t tlaqa jtam dab н̣ fd hdded krfs hjr нlb ġ̣lt

kan-kssl kan- ni kan- br kan-twsṣ t kan-tlaqa kan-jtam kan-dub kan-н̣ fd kan-hdded kan-krfs kan-hjr kan-нlb kan-ġ̣lt

mša la x̣ llt н̣ ad нrs нtakr

)

)

kay-mši liya

ksslt nit brt twsṣ t t tlaqit jtam t d bt н̣ tfd hddedt krfst hjrt нlbt ġ̣lt t mša liya

kan-x̣ llt x̣ llt t kan-н̣ id н̣ idt kan-нrs нrst kan-нtakr нtakrt


motivate move sth move move away from move residence murder name need neglect noise, to make nominate notice obey object oblige observe occupy occur offer oil old, to get open operate (surgical) oppress order sth order sb organize overcome owe owed, to be

Transcription

Arabic



нffz нrrk kннz tнrrk tkннz b d mn tнuwl rнl qtl smma нtaj smн f fṛ rt ṣd rššн laн̣ d tạ ạ rd

kan-нffz kan-нrrk kan-kннz kan-tнrrk kan-tkннz kan-b d kan-tнuwl kan-rнl kan-qtl kan-smmi kan-нtaj kan-smн kan-fṛ rt kạ n-sd kan-rššн kan-laн̣ d kạ n-ti kan- ạ rd

нffzt нrrkt kннzt tнrrkt tkннzt b dt dt tнuwlt rнlt qtlt smmit нtajt smнt fṛ rt t ṣd t rššнt laн̣ t d ̣t t ạ rd t

frḍ la

kan-frḍ

frḍ t

bzzez la laн̣ d нtll wq jra hda ziyt šrf н ll ftн ftн ddb ̣ tlb amr ṇ dḍ m tġllb la tsal sal

kan-bzzez kan-laн̣ d kan-нtll kay wq kay jra kan-hdi kan-ziyt kan-šrf kan-нll kan-ftн kan-ftн kan- ddb kạ n-tlb kan-amr kaṇ-ndḍ m kan-tġllb kan-tsal kan-sal

bzzezt laн̣ d t нtllt wq jra hdit ziytt šrft нllit ftнt ftнt ddbt ̣ tlbt amrt mt ̣ ndḍ mt tġllbt tsalt slt


own pacify pack paint park (a car) participate party pass pass (exam) pass by paste patient, to be pay paid, to be pay back peel peel (skin) permit persuade photograph photographed, to be pick (light fruit) pierce pile up plan plant play please plow pluck poison poisoned, to be pollute possess

Transcription

Arabic


mlk hddn jm ̣ sbġ blạ sa šark нtafl daz fat njн f daz la ̣ lsṣq ̣ s br x̣ lls txḷls rdd l qššr tqššr

kan-mlk kan-hddn kan-jm kạ n-sbġ kan-bḷ asa kan-šark kan-нtafl kan-duz kan-fut kan-njн kan-duz kaṇ -lsṣq kạ n-sbr kan-x̣ lls kan-txḷls kan-rdd kan-qššr kan-tqššr

x ll a

kan-xlli

smн l qn ̣ suwr tṣ uwr jna t qb rrm ̣ xtṭ̣ et zr l b jb нrt riyš smmem tsmmem luwt mlk


mlk t h d dn t jm t ̣ sbġt blạ sit šarkt нtaflt dzt ftt njнt dzt qt ̣ lsṣqt ̣ sbrt x̣ lls t txḷls t rddit qššrt tqššrt

kan-smн kan-qn kaṇ -suwr kan-̣ tsuwr kan-jni kan-tqb kan- rrm kan-̣ xt ṭẹ t kan-zr kan-l b kan- jb kan-нrt kan-riyš kan-smmem kan-tsmmem kan-luwt kan-mlk

x l l it smнt qn t ̣ suwrt ṭ suwrt j ni t t q bt rrmt x̣ t ṭeṭ eṭt zr t l bt jbt нrtt riyšt smmemt tsmmemt luwtt mlk t


postpone pour practice praise pray precede prefer prepare pressure pretend prevent print produce profit progress prohibit promise pronounce propose proud, to be prune publish pu l l punish push push (a button) pu t put down put out (light) put together (parts)

Transcription

Arabic



ajjl kb b xwa ̣ tbbq mdн ̣ slla sbq ̣ fdḍ l wjjd ṣawb ̣ ḍ ġt dar bнal biyn blli mn ṭb ntj

kan-ajjl kan-kbb kan-xwi kaṇ -tbbq kan-mdн kaṇ -slli kan-sbq kaṇ -fdḍ l kan-wjjd kaṇ -sawb kaṇ -d ̣ ġt kan-dir kan-biyn kan-mn kạ n-tb kan-ntj

rbн

kan-rbн

rbнt

stafd tqddm mn wa d ṇ tq qtarн ftaxr zbr nšr jr r jbd aqb df wrrk la brk la ̣ н̣ tt н̣ tt ṭ fa rkkb

kan-stafd kan-tqddm kan-mn kan-wa d kaṇ -ntq kan-qtarн kan-ftaxr kan-zbr kan-nšr kan-jrr kan-jbd kan- aqb kan-df kan-wrrk kan-brk kan-̣ нt ̣ t kan-̣ нt ̣ t kạ n-tfi kan-rkkb

stafdt tqddmt mn t wa dt ̣ ntqt qtarнt ftaxrt zbrt nšrt jrrit jbdt aqbt df t wrrkt brkt ̣ нt titị t ̣ нt titị t ̣ tfit rkkbt

̣ ̣ ̣ ̣ ̣ d

ajjlt kbbit xwit tbbqt mdнt sllit sbqt fdḍ ltlt wjjdt sawbt ġṭt drt biynt mn t ṭb t ntjt


quarrel quiet, to be quiet, to make quit rain raise raise (children) raised, to be rape read receive (a letter) recognize record reduce reform refuse refute regret reimburse rejoice relax release rely on remain remember remind remove renew rent repair repeat repent reply

Transcription

̣

txạ sm skt skkt mša bнalu taн (l-šta) h zz rbba trbba ġṭ asb qra šdd t rrf sjjl n qs ̣ slн ̣rfd nfa ndm uẉ d fr н rtaн ̣ tlq uwl la bqa ql la tfkkr fkkr нiyd zuwl jdded kra ̣ sawb ṣlн awd tab r dd

Arabic

)

)



kan-tx̣ asm kan-skt kan-skkt kan-mši bнali kat-̣tiн ̣ kan-hzz kan-rbbi kan-trbba kan-ġṭ asb kan-qra kan-šdd kan-t rrf kan-sjjl

txạ smt sktt skktt mšit bнali taнt hzzit rbbit trbbit ġtạ sbt qrit šddit t rrft sjjlt

kan-nqs

nqst

kạ n-slн ̣ slнt kan-̣rfd t ̣rfd kan-nfi nfit kan-ndm ndmt kan- uẉ d uẉ d t kan-frн frнt kan-rtaн rtaнt kạ n-tlq ̣ tlqt kan- uw uwl uwlt kan-bqa bqi t kan- ql ql t kan-tfkkr tfkkrt kan-fkkr fkkrt kan-нiyd нiydt kan-zuwl zuwlt kan-jdded jddedt kan-kri krit kaṇ -sawb ̣ sawbt kạ n-slн ̣ slнt kan- awd awdt kan-tub t bt kan-rdd rddit


request require resemble resign resist respect respond rest retire return (to a place) return sth review ride ride, to give a rinse rise (like the sun) rise (to wake up) rot round, to go r ub r un run away run out of rush sacrifice satisfy save save (money) say scratch

Transcription

̣ tlb mn ̣ ttlb šbh staql qawm нtarm jawb rtaн tqa d rj rdd rjj raj rkb dda rkkb wṣṣṣl šllel ṭl faq fsd ̣ d u wr нkk jra hrb tqạ da zrb ̣ dннa qn xbba xzn x bb jm l flus w f fr gal н kk

Arabic


kan-̣ tlb kaṇ -ttlb kan-šbh kan-staql kan-qawm kan-нtarm kan-jawb kan-rtaн kan-tqa d kan-rj kan-rdd kan-rjj kan-raj kan-rkb kan-ddi kan-rkkb kan-̣ wsṣl kan-šllel ḳan-tl kan-fiq kan-fsd kaṇ -duwr kan-нkk kan-jri kan-hrb kan-tq̣ada kan-zrb kaṇ -dннi kan-qn kan-xbbi kan-xzn kan-xbb kan-jm kan-wffr kan-gul kan-нkk


̣ tlbt ̣ ttlbt šbht staqlt qawmt нtarmt jawbt rtaнt tqa dt rj t rddit rjj t raj t rkbt ddit rkkbt ̣ wsṣltlt šllelt ṭl t fqt fsdt ̣ duwrt нkkit jrit hrbt tqạ dit zrbt ̣ dннit qn t xbbit xznt x bb t jm t wffrt glt нkkit


scream screw see see one another sell send separate serve set a bone set (the sun) set up settle sew shake (palsy) shake hands with shake out share sharpen

Transcription

ġuwt ziyr šaf tšawf ba ̣ ṣ ift frrq srba j bb r ġr b r kk b staqr x̣iyt tr d rjf sllm la

нrrk qsm njr mḍ ḍḍa shave нssn shepherd srн lm shine tr d shiver rjf shop (weekly market) tsuwq shop (food) tqdda shorten q̣ sṣr shout ġuwt shovel hzz b l bala show wrra shower d u wš shut sdd shut eyes ġmṃ d shut up skt sift ġrbl tsara sightsee

Arabic


kan-ġuwt kan-ziyr kan-šuf kan-tšawf kan-bi kaṇ -s ị ft ̣s kan-frrq kan-srbi kan-jbbr kan-ġrb kan-rkkb kan-staqr kan-x̣iyt x̣iyt kan-tr d kan-rjf


ġuwtt ziyrt šft tšawft b t ifṭt frrqt srbit jbbrt ġrbt rkkbt staqrt t tr dt rjft

kan-sllm

sllmt

kan-нrrk kan-qsm kan-njr kan-̣mdḍ i kan-нssn kan-srн kan-lm kan-tr d kan-rjf kan-tsuwq kan-tqdda kaṇ -qsṣr kan-ġuwt kan-hzz kan-wrri kan-duwš kan-sdd kan-ġmṃ d kan-skt kan-ġrbl kan-tsara

нrrkt qsmt njrt m ̣ dḍ itit нssnt srнt lm t tr dt rjft tsuwqt tqddit rt ̣ qsṣrt ġuwtt hzzit wrrit duwšt sddit ġmṃ d t sktt ġrblt tsarit


sign silence sb silent, to be simplify sing sink si t skin skip slap (in the face) slaughter sleep sleep, to make slide slip smear smell smile smoke smuggle sneeze solder solve speak specialize spend money spend the night spend time spin s pi t splash

Transcription

sna wqq skkt skt shhl ġnna ̣ ġt s ġrq gl s slx nqqz ṣ rfq ṭrrš dbн n s n s zlq zlq

Arabic



kan-sni kan-wqq kan-skkt kan-skt kan-shhl kan-ġnni kaṇ -ġts kan-ġrq kan-gls kan-slx kan-nqqz kaṇ -srfq kaṇ -trrš kan-dbн kan-n s kan-n s kan-zlq kan-zlq

snit wqq t skktt sktt shhlt ġnnit ̣ ġtst ġrqt glst slxt nqqzt ̣ srfqt ̣ trršt dbнt n st n st zlqt zlqt

lṭṭtx̣

kaṇ -ltṭx

xt ̣ ltṭxt

šmm btasm k ma hrrb ṭs lннm н ll tkllm hḍ r dwa tx̣ sṣẹ s ̣ srf bat duwz ġzl dfl ršš

kan-šmm kan-btasm kan-kmi kan-hrrb kaṇ - ts kan-lннm kan-нll kan-tkllm kaṇ -hdr kan-dwi kan-tx̣ s ṣẹ s kạ n-srf kan-bat kan-duwz kan-ġzl kan-dfl kan-ršš

šmmit btasmt kmit hrrbt ṭst st lннmt нllit tkllmt ̣ hdrt dwit tx̣ s ṣeṣ eṣt ̣ srft btt duwzt ġzlt dflt rššit


spoil (a child) sprain spray squeeze stamp stand stare angrily start startle startled, to be stay stay up late steal step on sting stink stir stop stop speaking with store strangle strike (from work) stroll stretch study succeed at suck sue

Transcription

fššeš df ršš ṣr ziyr ṭb wqf xnzr f bda xl txl bqa gls shr srq šffr ̣ ft fs q̣ rs x nz нrrk wqf н bs txaṣm m a xzn qj j x nq dar l iḍ rab tmšša j bb d kssl qra drs njн f ̣ ṃ ss d a

Arabic


kan-fššeš kan-df kan-ršš kaṇ - sr kan-ziyr kạ n-tb kan-wqf kan-xnzr kan-bda kan-xl kan-txl kan-bqa kan-gls kan-shr kan-srq kan-šffr kan-̣ ft


fššešt df t rššit ṣrt rt ziyrt ṭb t wqft xnzrt b di t xl t txl t b qi t glst shrt srqt šffrt ̣ ft

t

kan- fs fst kan-q̣ rs q̣ rs t kan-xnz xnzt kan-нrrk нrrkt kan-wqf wqft kan-нbs нbst kan-txaṣm txạ smt kan-xzn xznt kan-qjj qj j i t kan-xnq xnqt kan-dir drt kan-tmšša tmššit kan-jbbd j b b dt kan-kssl ksslt kan-qra qrit kan-drs drst kan-njн njнt kan-m ṃ s ṣitit ̣ s ̣ s kan-d i d it


suffer suggest sunbathe surprise surrender survive swallow swarm (bees) swear swear (oath) sweat sweep swell swim switch (off) switch (on) sympathize with take take away/off

Transcription

t dd b qtarн tšmmš faj'a staslm nja aš ̣ ̣ srt rt нlf b llah ahd qsm rg rq ̣ štṭb tnffx am ̣ t fa š l t aṭ f m a xda нiyd zuwl

Arabic


kan-t ddb kan-qtarн kan-tšmmš kan-faj'a kan-staslm kan-nja kan- iš kaṇ -s ̣ rt ̣ s kan-rt kan-нlf kan- ahd kan-qsm kan- rg kan- rq kaṇ -štṭb ̣ kan-tnffx kan- um kạ n-tfi ̣ kan-š l kan-t aṭf kan-axud kan-нiyd kan-zuwl


t ddbt qtarнt tšmmšt faj'at staslmt njit t š rṭt rt t нlft ahdt qsmt rgt rqt štṭbt bt tnffxt t m tfit š lt t ̣ atft xdit нiydt zuwlt

take care of

thlla f

kan-thlla

thllat

take charge of talk

tkllf b tkllm hḍ r xrbq ruẉ d sj j l ḷsṣq daq qrra ll m ̣qṭt tqṭ ̣ t

kan-tkllf kan-tkllm kaṇ -hdr kan-xrbq kan-ruẉ d kan-sjjl kaṇ -lsṣq kan-duq kan-qrri kan- llm kaṇ-qt ̣ t kan-ṭ qt ̣ t

tkllft tkllmt ̣ hdrt xrbqt ruẉ d t sjjlt qt ̣ lsṣqt dqt qrrit llmt ̣ qt ṭ t tq̣ t ṭ t

talk nonsense tame tape (record) tape (scotch) taste teach tear something tear (to be torn)


tease telephone tell thaw think think that threaten thresh throw tickle t ie tie (belt) tighten tired, to be tired, to make torture touch trade train translate travel treat (people) trick trip trust try (to attempt to do sth) try (to experience sth) try on turn

Transcription

qššb tflla iyṭ f ḍ rb t tilifun gal awd dab fkkr xmmem ̣ dnn blli hdded drs laн rma hrr ̣ rbt нzm ziyr ya iya ddb qas mss tajr drrb trjm safr t aml m a šmt tr taq f

̣

Arabic



kan-qššb qššbt kan-tflla tfllit kan- iy iỵ t iỵ t t kan-ḍ rb ̣ drbt kan-gul gl t kan- awd awdt kan-dub d bt kan-fkkr fkkrt kan-xmmem xmmemt kan-ḍ nn ̣ dnnit kan-hdded hddedt kan-drs drst kan-luн lнt kan-rmi rmit kan-hrr hrrit kan-̣ rbt t ̣ rbt kan-нzm нzmt kan-ziyr ziyrt kan- ya y it kan- iya iyit kan- ddb ddbt kan-qis qst kan-mss mssit kan-tajr tajrt kan-drrb drrbt kan-trjm trjmt kan-safr safrt kan-t aml t amlt kan-šmt šmtt kan- tr trt kan-tiq t qt

нawl

kan-нawl

нawlt

jrrb

kan-jrrb

jrrbt

qi y s d ar

kan-qiys kạ n-dur

qiyst ̣ drt

190 • Moroccan Arabic First Person Present Tense

kaṇ -duwr kan-nq̣ s kạ n-tfi kan-š l kan-qlb kan-glb kan-lwi kan-fhm kan-fhhm kan-wннd kan-qllq kan-tqllq kan-sta ml ml kan-staġl kan-̣ slн kan-wllf kan-nf kan-lqqн kan-zur kan-tqiya kan-rdd


̣ duwrt nq̣ s t ̣ tfit š lt qlbt glbt lwit fhmt fhhmt wннdt qllqt tqllqt sta ml mlt staġlt ̣ slнt wllft nf t lqqнt zrt tqiyit rddit

tsnna

kan-tsnna

tsnnit

ayn fiyq faq tmšša tsara tmšša bġa sxxn sxn н dd r sqa sga ġ sl ṣ bbn siyq

kan- ayn kan-fiyq kan-fiq kan-tmšša kan-tsara kan-tmšša kan-bġi kan-sxxn kan-sxn kan-нddr kan-sqi kan-sgi kan-ġsl kaṇ -sbbn kan-siyq

aynt fiyqt fqt tmššit tsarit tmššit bġit sxxnt sxnt нddrt sqit sgit ġslt ̣ sbbnt siyqt

English

Transcription

turn around turn down (volume) turn off turn on turn over sth

̣ d u wr nqṣ mn ̣ tf a š l ql b gl b lwa fhm fhhm wннd qllq tqllq sta ml ml staġl ṣ lн l wllf nf lqqн zar tqiya rdd

twist understand understand, to make u nite upset upset, to be use use (land) use to, to be of used to, to become useful, to be vaccinate visit vomit wait wake someone wake up walk walk around want warm / heat warm, to be warn water wash wash (clothes) wash (floor)

Arabic


waste watch (TV) wave wear weave weep weigh welcome weld well, to be wet, to make wet, to be whistle widen win wipe dry (floor) wipe off wiped out, to be wish wither witness wonder at work worry wormy, to get worth, to be wound write yawn

Transcription

Arabic



ḍ iy tfrrj šiyr l l bs nsj bk a br wzn rннb staqbl suda bra fzzg fzg ̣ sffr wss

kạ n-diy kan-tfrrj kan-šiyr kan-lbs kan-nsj kan-bki kan- br kan-wzn kan-rннb kan-staqbl kan-sudi kan-bra kan-fzzg kan-fzg kaṇ -sffr kan-wss

̣ diy t tfrrjt šiyrt lbst nsjt b ki t brt wznt rннbt staqblt sudit brit fzzgt fzgt ̣ sffrt ws s t

rbн jffef msн mнa sxf tmnna ybs lwa šhd t jjb xmmem f xdm ̣ tštn duwd swa jrн ktb tfuwh

kan-rbн kan-jffef kan-msн kan-mнi kan-sxf kan-tmnna kan-ybs kan-lwa kan-šhd kan-t jjb kan-xmmem kan-xdm kaṇ -tštn kan-duwd kan-swa kan-jrн kan-ktb kan-tfuwh

rbнt jffeft msнt mнit sxft tm nnit ybst lwit šhdt t j j bt xmmemt xdmt ̣ tštnt duwdt swit jrнt ktbt tfuwht


Grammar Index


Vocabulary Index

Arabic Speaking

Recommend Documents